















































































































































































































































































































































en mite 
am 















































































































































































































































(Ose 


rik 


<> 
4 





RRAR AR GURL AN ARAN AW AREAS a 





cw os ovina EA ad Fi nae 


a 








- 


eas Lom 


ros Corporation 








A BRIEF GRAMMAR 


OF THE 


.PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE 


WITH 


EXERCISES AND VOCABULARIES 


BY 


JOHN C. BRANNER, Pu.D., LL.D. 


Vice-President and Professor of Geology 
Leland Stanford Jr. University 
Sometime Geologist of the Commissio Geologica do Brazil 
and of the Servigo Geologico do Brazil 





NEW YORK 
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 
1910 


Coprrieut, 1910, 


BY 
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 


. e 
¥ * 
. 2 
veer 
. eo? 
an 8S 16 
wuss 6 
. 
eeee, 
en eeee 
cove . 
bad - 
4eee eeoe 
. ee 
e e< 
. es -* 
o* - 
_w . 
w"e 
’ . Pf] 
eae 
*vVvvw 
se 
geet 
w%< ¢ 
s u “vos 
og s] 
eesy oocy 


‘TO 
RICHARD CUTTS SHANNON 





PREFACE 


Tuis little book has been prepared for the use of 
English-speaking students who wish to get a practical 
knowledge of the Portuguese language. The plan 
of Professor Edgren’s Brief Spanish Grammar has 
been followed, in many respects almost literally. 
Many Portuguese grammars have been consulted, 
but the ones most freely drawn from are the thir- 
teenth edition of Joio Ribeiro’s Grammatica Portu- 
gueza, published at Rio de Janeiro in 1907, and the 
twenty-sixth edition of the Nova Grammatica Portu- 
gueza by Bento José de Oliveira, published at Coim- 
bra in 1904. 

It is not claimed that there is much that is new 
or original in the work. The author has simply 
endeavored to follow the best Portuguese gram- 
marians, and his own observations and experience 
with the language, in an effort to make it readily 
accessible to English-speaking students and in as 
compact a form as possible. It has been kept in 
mind that such a work, in order to be useful, must 
keep practical points in view even at the expense 
of the erudite and more scholarly features of the lan- 
guage. The book is purely elementary; those who 
require a thorough knowledge of the philologic and 


Vv 


vl PREFACE 


philosophic features of the tongue should consult 
the more pretentious works. 

Near the end of the volume a few short examples 
are quoted from several of the best Portuguese 
authors. These examples are taken partly from 
Brazilian and partly from Portuguese writers. 

It may be well to say here that the idea one often 
hears expressed to the effect that the Portuguese of 
Brazil is not good Portuguese is altogether erroneous. 
It is true that one hears purely local terms and ex- 
pressions in various parts of Brazil,! but so he does 
in Portugal and, for that matter, in all languages 
and in every other part of the world. The language 
used by the educated Brazilians is just as correct 
in the main as that used by the educated Portuguese. - 
The difference between the Portuguese spoken in 
Brazil and that spoken in Portugal is similar to the 
difference between the English of North America 
and the English of England— one about which the 
foreigner need not seriously concern himself. 

Portuguese is a remarkably phonetic language, and 
one accustomed to the difficulties of the English, 
or even of the French, must be impressed with the 
comparative simplicity of its spelling. .Examples of 
the chief orthographic difficulties are given at para- 
graph 13, pages 21-22. Those who are interested 


1 As an example see ‘“‘Collecgio de vocabulos e frases usados na 
Provincia de S, Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul” por Antonio Alvares 
Pereira Coruja. Revista do Instituto Historico e Geographico do 
Brazil, XV, 210-240. Rio de Janeiro, 1852. 


PREFACE vii: 


in this subject should consult the scholarly work of 
A. R. Gongalves Viana entitled Ortografia Nacional, 
published at Lisbon in 1904. Of late years there has 
been some agitation in favor of orthographic reform, 
and the Brazilian Academy promulgated in 1907 
certain rules which, if followed, would still further 
tend to simplify spelling. These rules, however, do 
not appear to have been taken seriously as yet. The 
Brazilian scholar who has given most careful and 
most practical attention to this matter of Portu- 
guese spelling is Professor M. Said Ali, of Rio de 
Janeiro. He has published a Vocabulario ortho- 
graphico in which rules for greater simplicity are laid 
down, and the words about which there is any 
question are all given. The spelling given by Pro- 
fessor Said Ali has been followed in the present work. 
In cases where two spellings have been or are used, 
cross-references are made in the vocabulary. 

The chief object of this book is to encourage and 
facilitate the study of the Portuguese language and 
literature by English-speaking people. It is not a 
little remarkable that the language has not been 
cultivated more by English and American scholars.’ 
It is generally regarded as the most Latin of all the 
Latin tongues, and it certainly is a virile one, and 


1 Sir Richard Burton makes this comprehensive remark about 

the popular Anglo-Saxon idea of the Portuguese: ‘As a rule we 
* dislike the language because it is nasal, and we have a deep-rooted 
and most ignorant idea that Portuguese, the most Latin of all the 
neo-Latin tongues, is a ‘bastard dialect of Spanish.’’”’ (Burton’s 
Highlands of Brazil, I, 15.) 


Vill PREFACE 


has a ‘classic solemnity that distinguishes it from 
all other living languages.’”’' In addition, the lit- 
erary, historical, and philological treasures of the 
Portuguese commend it to the thoughtful attention 
of scholars the world over, while the increasing com- 
mercial importance of Portuguese-speaking nations 
entitle it to respectful consideration and study for 
commercial, political, and diplomatic reasons. 

For many corrections and valuable suggestions the 
- author gratefully acknowledges his indebtedness to 
the able Brazilian historian, Capistrano de Abreu, 
and to the distinguished grammarian, Professor Said 
Ali, who have kindly read the manuscript. For any 
errors, oversights, or other shortcomings of the work, 
however, these gentlemen are in no way responsible. 


J. C. BRANNER. 
STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA. 


1 Almeida Garrett. Obras Completas, XXI, 7. 


CONTENTS 


GI ROR se te ee RS gl EON 
THe PorRTUGUESE LANGUAGE ........ee6 


Se NOUON AME UACCWNTS =. ; . 5 eke se ek aw 
5S a EE 7 2 cay ea Oa i me ae ia a a 
NPE Sg Sree Th 8 ie gs a at 

EN ae Chea gOS ag I ie a vg 
MMI rage kh eS eae ee cally 
CONTE at. oT ST cae gig hg 
MEME PAG rr ge eg gs! go ae) goes 
EEE TS a gee ee me Wea ean 
SEES er eS a ee ae 
INE, ir Al ee Sec PA i oe les 
i SEE a ee ee eee ee aaa epee 
MINER NAS yr erage ae 
GUN ye El ot 
IS. og ys ey AP 


ESERIES itr ne A a elgg a UT 
DOR TAI ee Wiad ee ate. a 
ae Ay SoC ailig eS ge a gyal ge, 


IIR a aye Ee Phy ee Deve 
ER EE tS icy ee ne Re oA OR oa 

Plural formation .... . ars a OR oan tye 

So IE aes roe Peat tr, WARE it oh ri 

ROU Wore. Ge as Ze 


WAU TMGMINTIGR of a. iG soy lie hao Ss 
RRS yh Gi SS AAC FICE eral aa Oe ee 


" 
> 
Q 
ic] 


NWNOHMaAhR BS 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
Masasculine ow es Se ke ee te ee ee 30 

Peminine oe oie ee eee 31 

Common terminations. ......4.... 32 
Nouns of opposite sexes . . ....4:.4.. ° 34 

Related 0 oh ee ee 35 

Unrelated 6. Ph 35 

Identical. 6 ws ks ee 35 

Closely similar related nouns. . ...... 35 

Similar unrelated nouns ......2.2... 37 

Qualifying suffixes: ....° 3S. 55 eee 38 
Augmentatives 9... 2%. i .: Gale 41 
Diminutives: . o> 3-  ee i 

TWe Apgterives. i oe sk. we ee 43 
rae a te) oe wee ce ee 43 
Femining. «3... os. eee ee 43 
Comparison 1.0.6... 3 3% S72 See 44 
irregularcomparisons . . .°...« % a pee 47 
Augmentatives and diminutives ........, 47 

Syntax of nouns and adjectives. ........ 48 

V.. NUMMBRAES..= 6 2 Aa) a Hk 50 
Cardinals: 0.5.00. cs 3 6 ee 50 
Ordinale 5... 6 8 ee i 51 

The fractions: ....5. 0... «ew ie 52 
Multiplication ... . 0 40. 53a 53 
Numeral substantives . . ... . 3. pee 54 

Idioms with the numerals .. ~~ ...) (oes 54 

Vi. PRONOUNS <0 6. 6 Wo ce ee 56 
Personals: 605° ates 4 oe i 

Use of the third person... .5 > eee 57 

Reflexive... 00 -s Ge ee a e 58 

Duplication. ... 2-3.) ios ae 58 

Syntax of the personal pronoun. . .. . 59 

Possessives... . 6 oa ee eee 61 
Demonstratives. °°... 230. 0 Se eee 63 
Determinatives .;.i.2°3 . £30 eee 64 
Interrogatives. 2.559505 3°0 20 eee 65 
Relatives‘. 3c So Sa Ree eee 66 


Indefinite =... 3. 6 5 Be Se See 67 


CONTENTS Xl: 


PAGE 

eRe yey * yee tpt M iets + bee 69 
SB aR SE TFA caare mse Ps Ns nna a 69 
Terminations of the emilee MHEG he kno es 70 
Tec? ks ry Wg 258 adios alin Ste: Cha bys 72 
Observations on the regular verbs ....... 75 
I lg UM Cag a magic ahha tad 76 
Conjugation of the auxiliary verbs ..... 79 
IE os ieee a ia Glee en ewe 81 
Reference list of irregular verbs ...... 82 
Variable participles of regular verbs. . ..... 88 
List of verbs having participles of twoforms 89 
RS OPE oy Lae n feee. 3 eis 8 ce ve 91 
RMIT ORIG 51, oe ead) ve a ga a es? 
Empersonal yerbs.. ..-. 2 6 6. RO Ee 
Prepositions required by verbs ....... 94 
SN OPW Tc Ss aoe Pee Sart aly: Se! 96 
ES Cs 0 Snead ey ae Nar 97 
Periphrastic verb phrases .........46-. 98 
NOMEN, he ges Ppt ie iy Ve aaegecaiine bs ta 99 
Imperative and subjunctive .......... 100 
The subjunctive and the indicative ....... 101 
DePOOMEEUGENSUVG: 9. 7. <* 6 untae Setar d s 102 
eRe RC EMOMIONABEMS . 4c. 5 5) eek e se ec ee we et 103 
MER eg. Ae ha les aca ete ek 103 
SR ORE ets Le el, og pe yes 105 
NTS chee a y i OT g lS ge cg igtag’ Gh 107 
MAUR TLV gr as x we ea 107 
PUPEPOMATION. a5 6 6 sm ee Sate? "Tee. aaa 108 
OEE ra pe PLA ee re ener a Uae nie eae ee 108 
RENN eg erie igs ee ge ag gi po lee 113 
SEEM I Ma RO ere yg gt eee oS 114 
AMIE oa og a Soe ae Rk el 115 
TERY Ge WOEGS os pho ok ee Sow eee ee 117 
RV RSINOMS se Deb ge eh aoa ew 119 
PROATIOB OL EVIE, ek Oe Se eee VR es 222s 
Ga Santos Lvabg@clhos . wi ak et. 157 
Alexandre Herculano .......4.e+.-. 159 


MTAOIRG MARIN OUG e536 ee ise Ree ek 162 


CONTENTS | 


PAGE 

Joaquim Nabuco...... ys 6 oes 163 

Julia Lopes d’Almeida. . ......... 165 
Gongalves Dias. ...... RB eo he Bin 169 
Marques de. Marich ¢.s20. Sar eee. 3 170 

Tas de Camoes secs oe eee a. So ee 
VOCABULARIMS 6.440.455 Sx We ‘fe 5 A ee 177 
Portuguese-English Vocabulary. . ....... 179 


English-Portuguese Vocabulary. . ....... 210 


PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 





THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE 


Tue Portuguese language! was evolved principally 
from the popular Latin spoken in the Portuguese 
part of the Spanish peninsula after the Roman con- 
quest in the second century before Christ. Only a 
few words of the former Celtic dialects spoken there 
were preserved in the later Portuguese. The sub- 
sequent Gothic invasion also introduced a few words 
of Germanic origin, while the religious life of the 
people led to the introduction of certain words of 
Greek origin. 

In the eighth century the Moors invaded the Span- 
ish peninsula, and for several hundred years occu- 
pied portions of that region. This long contact of 
the Moors with the inhabitants of Portugal naturally 
resulted in the introduction into the Portuguese 
language of a good many words of Semitic origin; 
most of these words have as a prefix the Arabian 
article al, such as algod@o, cotton; alfinete, pin. It 
was during the long Gothic and Arabian occupancy 
that the Latin spoken in western Spain appears to 
have gradually taken on the form of a distinct 
language that was spoken the whole length of the 
- region now known as Portugal. 

1 Condensed chiefly from the Grammatica historica da lingua 
Portuguesa por Antonio G. R. de Vasconcelloz. Lisboa, 1900. 

1 


c a: cre~ x c re o* - FORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


The oldest-known documents in the Portuguese 
language date from the last quarter of the twelfth 
century — about the time the Portuguese monarchy 
was founded. It was only in the thirteenth and 
fourteenth centuries, however, that it became a 
literary language, and took on permanent form. 

A few words were introduced from the French and 
others from the Provengal, while translations from 
the Latin introduced many words and idioms from 
that language, partly, it is supposed, through the 
pedantry of the translators. The Spanish language, 
on account of its literary vogue, and on account of . 
the proximity of its people and the similarity of the 
two tongues, necessarily reacted upon the Portu- 
guese. This vogue was so marked that during the 
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries many Portu- 
guese authors wrote in Spanish. The explorations 
of the Portuguese navigators into the newly dis- 
covered parts of the world led to the importation of 
some foreign words, and, at the same time, carried 
colonists and established the language in Asia, Africa, 
and South America. 

In the sixteenth century the first Portuguese 
grammars were published by Fernao de Oliveira 
and Joao de Barros, and these works materially 
helped to fix the language. 

It is said that of the living languages of Latin 
origin the Portuguese most closely resembles the - 
Latin. This is due to the fact that Portugal, on 
account of its geographic position, has not been 


THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE | ay. 


affected by contact with the rest of the world so 
much as Italy, France, and Spain. 

In recent years, however, the increased facilities 
for international communication, the demands of 
commerce and the requirements of various enter- 
prises and technical industries, and the spread of 
interest in certain sports have caused the intro- 
duction of words from various foreign tongues. In 
many cases the foreign words themselves have been 
adopted but in others the words have been more 
or less modified. 


PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


I. SOUNDS AND ACCENTS 


ALPHABET 


1. The Portuguese alphabet is the same as the 
English except that it contains no w. 

Following are the Portuguese names of the letters 
together with their approximate pronunciations. 


LETTERS 


evonB RHR“ pm ho aoe 


PORTUGUESE NAMES 


a 
be 

ce 

de 

é 

effe or fé 

ge or jt 

aga 

a 

j6ta 

ka 

elle or lé 
emme or mé 
enne or né 
6 

pe 

que 


PRONUNCIATIONS WITH ENGLISH VALUES 


ah 

bay (short)! 

say (short)! 

day (short)! 

ay (as ea in health) 

éffe or fay 

hjay (hj = French 7)! 
agah 

ee . 
hjéta (hj = French 7) or zh 
kah 

élle’-or lay 

émme’ or may 

énne’ or nay 

o (as in nor) 

pay (short)! 

kay (short)! 


1 In these words the ay is not drawn out; for example the day has 


the sound of day in Friday. 


2 These words take the tonic accent on the first syllable; the 
final e is short. 


PRONUNCIATION 5 


LETTERS PORTUGUESE NAMES PRONUNCIATIONS WITH ENGLISH VALUES 
r erre or ré érre* or ray 
Ss esse OF St ésse” or see 
t te tay (short)! 
u u ; oo (as in poor) 
V ve vay (short)! 
x xiz or xé shiz or shay 
y ypsilon ypsilon 
Z ze zay (short)! 


Note. — The letter w is only used in the foreign words in which 
it occurs. It is called dobled, very much as in English. 


PRONUNCIATION 


2. Vowels. — For the most part the vowels are pro- 
nounced separately, so that each one forms a syllable. 
The only exceptions to this rule are the nasal diph- 


thongs. 
The sounds of the vowels are characterized as 


long, short, open, close, and nasal. 


SOUNDS OF THE VOWELS 


contig re aes pxAMPLES 
long a in farther sofa 

a ~< short u in but boca, festa 
nasal manso 


The a-sounds differ in quantity rather than quality. 


! In these words the ay is not drawn out; for example the day has 


the sound of day in Friday. 
* These words take the tonic accent on the first syllable; the 


final e is short. 


6 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR» 


PHONETIC APPROXIMATING THE 


VALUES ENGLISH EXAMPLES 
(open ea in health café (so accented) 
close a in table sello (sometimes ac- 
e < cented, as mercé) 
short (or mute)! e in winter caracter 
nasal ai in paint pente? 





long ee in bee frio 
short Z in it quasi 
nasal 7 in pin injusto 


i o in not pd (so accented) 


- close o in note boa, avé (so accented) 
short (or mute)? o in block locacZo, cravo 
nasal o in long pémpa 
long ue in blue pera 
e a oo in boot tribu 
(only shorter) 
nasal oo in room tamba 


u is silent when preceded by q and followed by e ori: aqui (pr. akee). 
* y is pronounced ee as if it were i long; it is nasal when followed by 
m, as tympano. Y is much used in Brazil in words of Tupy 
origin, as Ivahy, Apody. 


3. Diphthongs. — It is customary to regard as 
pure diphthongs such vowel combinations as ae in 
pae, ai in vai, au in pau, ei in lei, eo in deo, eu in 
breu, oe in heroe, iu in viu, oi in boi, ui in fui. It 


1 Unaccented e at the beginning or end of a word and before s 
and a has the phonetic value of i short: bréve = brevi; estima =istima ; 
egual =igual; veddo=viado; leao=liao. 

2 The e is nasal when followed by n, as in desenho, tenha, bens; 
it also sounds as if written ei when followed by j, as desejo, igreja, 
seja, veja, etc., which are pronounced as if written deseijo, etc. 

8 Unaccented o at the end of a word is equivalent to u short: 
p6vo = pévu. 


NASAL SOUNDS € 


is to be noted, however, that these combinations are 
pronounced, not as single sounds, but as if the letters 
“were sounded separately yet with a slight abbrevia- 
tion from the full values of the separate vowels. 

The true diphthongs are known in Portuguese as 
the nasal diphthongs. These are Ze as in mae, do 
as in m4o, de as in poe, ti as in muito. (Muito, 
however, is a unique Case.) 


4. Nasal Sounds.— There are nasal sounds for 
most of the vowels. These are indicated either by 
the nasal diphthongs or by the single vowels followed 
by mor n, as tao or tam, bem, sim, bom, um. These 
words are pronounced as if they ended with an 
English ng in which the g is not heard. TAo is pro- 
nounced nearly as if written towng with the ng 
sound omitted or cut short. Bem is pronounced as 
if written beng, but without the g being sounded; 
um as if written oong but omitting the g sound. 

All syllables ending in em, en, im, in, 6, om, on, 
um, and un have the nasal sound whether at the 
end of a word or followed by a consonant. 


5. Consonants. — The consonants not mentioned 
here are pronounced as in English. 


b is silent in subdito, subject (pronounced as if written 
siidito), and in subjeitar, an old form of sujeitar. 
¢ with the cedilla (cedilha) is soft as in French. The 
_cedilla is used to soften the sound of ¢ before a, 0, and 
u: calcas (pr. as if written calsas). 
c is silent when followed by t or c: activo (pr. as if written 


8 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


ativo), accao (pr. as agao). Except convicto, pacto, 
friccao, convic¢ao. 

ch has the sound of sh in she: cha (pr. as if written shah); 
before consonants and in words of Greek origin it has 
the sound of k: Christo (pr. as Kristo). 

gis hard before a, 0, and wu in all cases; before e, i, and 
y it has the sound of the French j: gelo (pr. as if 
written hjelo). 

When g would ordinarily precede e or i, u is added 
before those vowels in order to give or preserve the 
hard sound: entregar, to deliver, has entregue for the 
past participle, thus preserving the hard g sound. 

g when followed by n is silent: in the words signal (as if 
sinal) and signalar and words beginning with assign: 
as assignar, assignatura. 

h has no sound of its own in Portuguese; it is not a letter, 
properly speaking, but an etymological mark or sign. 
It has a value, however, in connection with c, 1, n, 
and p, which see. 

j is pronounced as in French, like g in midge. 

lh is pronounced like lli in million. In writing and print- 
ing these two letters belong to the syllable whose 
vowel follows and must be kept together. The sylla- 
bles of cordilheira are cor-di-lhei-ra; of filha they are 
fi-lha. 7 

m at the end of a word or syllable is nasal. Bem is pro- 
nounced as if spelled beng, but without the final 
g-sound; bemdito (pr. bengdeeto, but with the g 
silent). 

In some words the m is apparently silent on account 
of the nzsal sound: damno (pr. as if written danno). 

n never ends a word in Portuguese except irman, sister, 
iman, ma'net, hyphen, colon, and certain antiquated 


CONSONANTS 9. 


forms like christan for christé;! when it precedes 
final s it is nasal. 

nh is sounded like ni in union, that is like the Spanish 7, 
the Italian gn, or the French gn: banho, bath, lenha, 
fire-wood. In syllabication these two letters, when 
so pronounced, always belong with the vowel that 
follows them: lenha is divided le-nha. ‘ 

There are a few words, however, which are com- 
pounded of the prefix an or in, in which the nh is not 
so pronounced or written: such as anhydro, inhabil, 
inhalar, inhibir, inhumano. 

p is silent before t: prompto (pr. as if spelled prénto); 
escripto (pr. as if written escrito). Except that the 
p is pronounced in captar, raptar, optar, repto, and 
mentecapto. In exempcdo also the p is silent (pr. 
izenssao). 

ph is pronounced like f: photographia (pr. as if spelled 
fotografia). 

q is always followed by u, and always has the sound of &. 
Qu: varies somewhat: before a and o the u is sounded, 
as quando (pr. kwando); but before e and i the u is 
used with the q only for the purpose of producing or 
preserving the k sound and is therefore not heard: 
quer (pr. ker); aqui (pr. akee). 

EXcEPTIONS: the u is sounded in consequencia, 
frequente, equestre, antiquissimo. It is also allow- 
able to sound the u in questao. | 

r has two sounds: when it begins a word, or is double, it 
is rolled as in French or Spanish: rio, érro; in other 


1 It has lately been proposed in favor of orthographical reform 
that short final syllables now ending in 4 shall be written an, as 
iman, firman, orphan, and the long ones shall end with the 4, as 
irma, manha, and allema. 


10 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


positions it is pronounced by striking the tongue 
lightly against the roof of the mouth almost as if 
pronouncing the letter d: arara (pr. nearly as if 
spelled adada but with the d approaching the Eng- 
lish r-sound). Except: that the single r is rolled after 
1, m, n, s: honrar, tenro, genro, Henrique, melro, 
chilrar. 

s has the soft or hissing s-sound, and that of soft z. It 
has the z-sound when it stands between vowels: 
rosa, casa (pr. as if spelled r6éza, caéza). Except in 
cases of compound words where it has the s-sound. 

It has the soft s-sound in most other cases. 

th has the sound of t: theoria is pronounced as if written 
teoria. 

w is used only in foreign words and should be pronounced | 
as in the language from which those words are taken. 

x has several sounds as follows: 


1. like the English ks in words ending in ex, ix, and ux, 
fixar and its compounds and derivatives, flexao and related 
words such as flexibilidade and sexo, fluxo, maximo, and 
lexicologia (index and appendix are pronounced indes and © 
appéndes in addition). 

Nortr. — There are, however, some local differences in the pro- 


nunciation of some of these words: flexaéo properly pronounced 
fieksao, in Bahia is pronounced flech4o. 


2. like s when followed by c, t, or p: extend, excepto 
(pr. as if esténso, escépto). 

3. like z when preceded by e and followed by a vowel 
or by h and a vowel: exemplo (pr. ezémplo); exercito 
(pr. ezército); exhausto (pr. ezausto). 

4. It is like ss or ¢ in trouxe, anxiedade, syntaxe, 
defluxo. 


DIALECTICAL 11 


5. At the beginning of words, and in places other than 
those mentioned above, it is pronounced like the English 
sh; most cases fall under this rule: xarope (pr. asif shardépe) ; 
exministro (pr. as if written eijministro) ; baixo (pr. baisho) ; 
lixo (pr. leesho). 


DIALECTICAL 


6. In certain parts of Portugal one hears many 
pronunciations that are purely dialectical. In 
Minho for example the people generally say binho 
instead of vinho, wine, and sordado instead of 
soldado, soldier. In ‘Traz-os-Montes they say 
tchapeo for chapeo, hat, tchave for chave, key, 
djente for gente, folks; the caipiras or backwoodsmen 
of the state of Sio Paulo in Brazil have a similar 
pronunciation which was probably introduced from 
Portugal. See the example quoted in the exercise 
at page 166. 

In Portugal as a rule the quantity of the short 
syllables is perceptibly shorter than in Brazil. 
Sobrado, perigo, and pessoa are so pronounced in 
full in the latter country, while in Portugal they are 
commonly pronounced s’brado, p’rigo, and p’ssoa. 
The d is pronounced in Brazil nearly as it is in the 
English language, but in Portugal it frequently has 
a strong resemblance to the English th in these, so 
that desde in Portugal sounds very like thézthy, 
and dedo, like daytho, the th being soft like that 
in though. 


1 Julio Ribeiro, Grammatica Portugueza, 9-10. 


12 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


7. Slang. — Like other languages Portuguese has 
its slang words or expressions; such words and ex- 
pressions are called calao, giria, or geringénca. 
Some of them are not Portuguese but simply fan- 
tastic expressions; for the most part, however, they 
are the ordinary words of the language used in some 
figurative or special sense. For example, estar na 
bagagem literally means to be in the baggage, but 
it is a slang expression used in regard to a person 
who is behindhand, or who is a slow coach. Manda- 
chuva, one who orders the rain, is slang equivalent 
to the American expression political boss. 


ACCENT MARKS 


8. The cedilla is used with c to show that that: 
letter has the soft c sound. 

The tilde (~) is used to show that the vowel over 
which it is placed is a nasal. It is only used over a 
and o. 

The acute accent (*) and the circumflex (~) are 
used: 


1. To show the position of the tonic accent, especially 
in homonyms where there is a chance of mistaking one 
word for another, as esta, this, and esta, it is; séria, seri- 
ous, and seria, would be. 

2. To indicate contractions: em relacdo 4 (for a a) 
idéa, with regard to the idea. 


1 A giria Brazileira, “ Brazilian Slang,” is the title of an interest- 
ing little book published at Bahia in 1899 by an able Brazilian 
scholar. 


TONE ACCENT 13° 


Nore. — The omission of the accent sometimes entirely changes 
the meaning of a sentence; for example, matar a sede means to quench 
one’s thirst, while matar 4 sede means fo kill with thirst. In the sec- 
ond sentence the 4 is a contraction of the preposition a, by or with, 
and the article a, the. 

3. To indicate what are called open (’) and close (*) 
sounds of the vowels e and o: café, mercé, paleté, avé. 


TONE ACCENT 
(See Exercise III, page 121) 


9. Tone accent is a matter of so much importance 
in Portuguese that it is often quite impossible to 
understand the spoken language when the accents 
are improperly placed. Take as an illustration the 
word sabia: the accent may make it sabia, a learned 
woman, sabia, I knew or he knew, or sabia, the Brazilian 
robin. . 

This kind of a case is not exceptional. In speaking 
the language, therefore, it is of the utmost importance 
that the accent be properly placed. 

The tone accent always falls on one of the last 
three syllables. There is an apparent exception to 
this rule in the enclitic monosyllables which are 
joined to certain other words, as digo—lhe, I tell you; 
gosta-lo, to like it. In these instances the addition 
of this enclitic does not change the position of the 
accent even when it falls on the syllable preceding 
the antepenult. Example: fala—se—lhes. 


a. There are no short and compact rules for guidance 
in the placing of the tone accent, and to almost every rule 


14 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


formulated there are many exceptions. The greatest 
number of words have it on the penult; fewest have it on 
the antepenult. The following suggestions may be found 
useful. For the accents of verbs see the models at § 107, 
pages 72-75. 


b. The following words take the accent on the final 
syllable: 
1. Those ending in the nasal diphthongs: 

ao,' except béngao, frangao, érfao, and érgaéo; 

aos; . 

aes; 

des. 

2. Words ending in 

i, except Alcali, espermacéti, quasi; 

1, except words of Latin origin ending in ilis, as décil, 
facil, habil, Gtil, and those ending in vel: améavel, 
agradavel, crivel, nivel; 

im ; 

r, except assticar, cadaver, cancer, caracter, éther, ji- 
nior, martyr, néctar, silphur, and a few foreign words 
like reporter and revdélver; “. 

u, except. tribu; 

y, except jury, tilbury; 

Z. 

c. The following have the accent on the penult: 

1. Erudite forms from the Greek ending in ia: as demo- 
cracia, geologia, philosophia, autopsia,’ etc. Except the 

1 It was formerly the custom to write the final syllable of the 
third person plural of the first conjugation 40, thus 4m4o, amavao, 
amarao, amariao. In these cases the accent does not fall on the 
final ao except in the future amarao. It is now the custom to end 


these words in am, reserving the ao, for the future which is accented 
according to the rule. 2 In Rio de Janeiro they say autépsia. 


ACCENT 


15 


following which take it on the antepenult: comédia, policia, 
encyclopédia, geodésia, estratégia, necromancia, pharm4a- 


cia. 


- 


2. Words ending as follows:! 


List oF WorDS HAVING THE ACCENT ON THE PENULT 


ENDING 
—aco-a 
—aco-a 
—acho—a 
—acto—a 
—ado-—a 
—ade 
—ago-a 
—age-em 
—aldo 
—alo—a 


—alho—a 
—ama 
—ame 
—ampo-a 
—anca 
—anco-—a 
—ando-a 
—anho-a 
—ano-—a 
—anto—a 
—ante 
—arco—a 


1 This list might be extended, 


EXAMPLE 
velhaco 
bagago 
despacho 
contacto 
delgado 
idade 
estrago 
estalagem 
ribaldo 
exc. escdndalo, 

sdndalo 
soalho 
panorama 
arame 
estampa 
balanca 
alavanca 
contrabando 
campanha 
porcelana 
adianta 
abundante 
comarca 


numerous for convenience. 


ENDING 
—ardo-—a 
—argo 
—aro 


—arro—a 


. —asso—a 


—asto-—a 
—aste 
—ato—a 
—ate 
—avo-a 
—axo-—a 


—eco-a 
—edo-—a 
—ego-a 
—eiro 
—eito 
—eite 
—ejo—a 
—elho 
—ello—a 
—elo 


but the exceptions become too 


EXAMPLE 
mostarda 
amargo 
amparo, 


EXC. 


pissaro & 
a 


cigarro 
devasso 
nefasto 
contraste 
combata 
abacate 
escravo 


(see acho) 


acontecga 


brinquédo 
exc. trafego 


ferreiro 
respeito 
leite 

gracejo 


evangelho_ 


cancelho—a> : 


cogumelo 


' 


16 


ENDING 
—e€mo 
—eme 


—enca 
—endo-—a 
—enho-—a 
—enso-—a 
—ense 
—ento—a 
—ente 
—erso—a 
—erto-—a 
—essa 
—esto 
—eto—a 
—ete 
—exa 
—eza 


—ice 


PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


EXAMPLE 


extremo 


leme, exc. in- 


greme 
nascenc¢a 
legenda 
engenho 
imprensa 


ceareyse. 


alimenta 
presente 
conversa 
concerto 
impressa 
modesto 
completo 
canivete 
perplexa 
baroneza 


velhice, exc. 
Apice, ver- 
tice, obice 


rabicho 
roligo 
recife 


exc. codigo, 
prédigo 


quartilho 
crocodilo 
cacimba 


tamarindo 


domingo 


ENDING 
—ino-—a 
—into—a 
—inte 
—ique 
—ira 
—isco—a 
—ismo-a 
—iso 
—isto—a 
—istro 
—ite 


-ivo-—a 
—ixo-—a 


* -jz0-a 


—0a 


—oco-a 
—ode 
—ogo-a 
—oito—a 
—olho—a 
—olo—a 


—olto—a 
—olvo 
—oma 
—ombo-a 
—ona 
—onca 


EXAMPLE 
pepino 
precinto-—a 
ouvinte 
alambiqug, 
caipira 
marisco 
fatalismo 
paraiso 
revista 
registro 
Jimite, exc. 

tramite 
objectivo 
suffixo 
prejuizo 


canoa, exc. ndé- 
doa, névoa 

almogo 

pagode 

fogo 

biscoito 

escolho 

viola, exc. fri- 
volo, malé- 
volo 


. revolta 


revolvo 
loma 
ilombo 

azeitona 

geringonca 


ENDING 
—ondo-—a 


—onga 
—onha 


—ono 
—onto—a 
—onte 
—oque 
—ora 


—ote 


ACCENT 
EXAMPLE ENDING 

redondo —uco—a 
maribondo 
oblonga —udo-a 
vergonha —ude 
risonha 
abandono —ugem 
affronta —uega 
horizonte —ulho-a 
reboque —umo-—a 
espora, exc. —ume 

vibora,4m-  -uno-a 

phora, cin- -—umno-a 

fora —undo-a 
esforg¢a —unho-a 
reforma ‘—uncto-—a 
conforme —upo-a 
contorno —uque 
cachorro —uro—a 
morto —urro—a 
consorte —uso-a 
caprichoso 
colosso —usto—a 
desgosta 
gafanhoto —uto-—a 
terremoto —ucto 
serrote —upto 


17. 


EXAMPLE 
caduco 
maluco 
agudo 
altitude 
saude 
ferrugem 
Noruega 
embrulho 
resumo 
betume 
gatuno 
alumno 
fecunda 
testemunho 
defuncta 
chalupa 
batuque 
figura 
empurra 
confusa 
abuso 
robusta 
arbusto 
enxuto 
fructo 
corrupto 


d. The following take the accent on the antepenult: 

1. Masculine nouns from the Greek such as astrénomo, 
gedlogo, philésopho. 

2. Absolute superlatives in —imo: illustrissimo, é6ptimo. 


3. Words ending as in the following: 


18 


PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


List oF WoRDS HAVING THE ACCENT ON THE 


ENDING 
—acio 
—aculo 
—afico 
—aia 
—alo (few) 


—ancia 
—andega 
—ania 
—anico 
—antico 
—astico—a 
—atico—a 


—eio—a 
—elico 
—encia 
—enito 
—erico—a 
—erio—a 


- ANTEPENULT 

EXAMPLE ENDING 
palacio —icio—a 
espectaculo —icie 
biografico —iculo-—a 
praia —idio—a 
escandalo, exc. -ifero 

badalo —ifico 
abundancia —igero 
alfandega —ilio 
subterrania —inio—a 
vulcanico ~irio—a 
romantico ~itico—a 
elastica —itimo-a 
aquatico —ivoro 
passelo —odico 
evangelico —ogico 
corpulencia —ogio 
congenito 
generica —ographo 
materia, exc. —olico—a 

bateria —loio 
miserrimo —ologo 
magnetico —onico—a 
geometrico —onio—a 

—onymo-a 

centrifugo —ore 
indigena —orico—a 


EXAMPLE 
sacrificio 
superficie 
agricola 
suicidio 
montifero 
magnifico 
belligero 
exilio 
dominio 
delirio 
politica 
legitimo 
carnivoro 


methodico 
logico 
relogio, exc. 
elogio 
geographo 
diabolico 
espolio 
geologo 
carbonico 
demonio 
enonymo 


arvore, mar- 


more 
categorico 


SYLLABICATION 19 


ENDING . EXAMPLE ENDING EXAMPLE 
—orio-—a ‘historia, exc. —unio importunio 
categoria —uo melifluo, exe. 
—otico—a narcotico amo 
—uria penuria 
—uncio-a  pronuncio —usculo maiusculo 


—undio-a  gerundio 


e. There is a natural tendency in Portuguese to avoid 
placing the accent as far back as the antepenult; so much 
so that words thus accented are called esdrixulos, a word 
of Italian origin (sdrticciolo, slippery) which is used figu- 
ratively in Portuguese to mean odd, strange, extravagant. 
The esdraxulos are few in number and are nearly all 
erudite forms. 


QUANTITY 


10. The tonic or accented vowels are always long; 
the atonic or unaccented ones are generally short: 
Gtil, agradavel.! 


SYLLABICATION 
(See Exercise IV, page 123) 


11. In syllabication, 


a. Diphthongs cannot be separated. 

b. Monosyllables cannot be divided. 

c. The consonant combinations lh, nh, rh, and ph can- 
not be separated from each other or from the following 
vowels with which they form syllables: ma-nha, ba-ta-lha, 
phi-lo-so-phi-a. 


1 Professor Said Ali kindly adds the following important note re- 
garding this rule: When the tonic vowel is followed by ¢, f, p, rr, ss, 
or t, it is short. Compare bote, bode; mato, medo; faca, vaga.: 


20 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


d. A consonant between vowels belongs with the second ~ 
one: na-riz, bar-ba-ro. 

e. G and q followed by u remain with the vowel that 
follows: guin-das-te, qual-quer. 

f. Double consonants are separated: bel-lo, af-fli-cto. 

g. Mute letters, c in ch, t in th, g in gn, t in ct, t in pt, 
go with the following vowel: ar-chi-tec-tu-ra, pan-the-is-mo, 
si-gnal, fru-cto, ca-pti-vo, ex-em-pto. 

h. In nasal syllables m and n generally belong with the 
preceding vowel: bem-di-to, man-so, dan-sar. 

7. But when m is followed by n both of these letters 
belong with the following vowel: so-mno, da-mno. 

j. Compound words are divided according to their 
elements: sub-stan-ti-vo. 


CAPITAL LETTERS 


12. The rules for capitals are the same in general 
as in English; except that adjectives derived from 
proper names and eu, J, are not written with capitals 
save for some other reason such as at the beginning 
of a sentence: francez, French; inglez, English. 
This rule is not invariable, however, and one sees 
the proper adjectives sometimes with the capital 
and sometimes without. The use of the capital in 
such cases is regarded by some authors as more 
strictly the Portuguese custom. 

In addressing persons as Senhor, Senhora, Vossa 
Senhoria, Vossa Santidade, etc., it is the custom to 
begin these words with capitals. But capitals are 
not used when a person is referred to without the 
name, as o sr. engenheiro tomou conta da estrada. 


ORTHOGRAPHY 21 


ORTHOGRAPHY 


13. Portuguese orthography is remarkably pho- 
netic, and after a little practise one can usually spell 
correctly words heard for the first time. The 
etymology of the words, however, is not lost sight of, 
though some writers adhere more closely to the 
etymology while others tend toward phonetic sim- 
plification. 

The only exceptions to the phonetic writing of 
vowel sounds are: 


1. That unaccented o is generally pronounced like u 
short, as bonito (pr. as if bonitu). 


2. Unaccented e is often pronounced like i short, as 
doce (pr. as if ddci). 


a. The following will serve as examples of words spelled 
in different ways. For present purposes either spelling 
may be regarded as correct. 


ETYMOLOGICAL PHONETIC MEANING 


SPELLING SPELLING 
apprender aprender to learn 
approximar aproximar to approach 
charidade caridade charity © 
commigo comigo with me 
dicto dito said 
edade idade age 
egreja igreja church 
eschola escola school 
escripto escrito written 


logar lugar place 


22 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


There are also many antiquated forms found in old 
books such as: 


he for é is 
hum, humaforum,uma  aorone 
sam for sao are 


b. It is to be expected that the spelling of the present 
day should differ considerably from that of the sixteenth 
century, but aside from these differences one finds certain 
variations (called syncretic forms) that often puzzle the 
beginner. These come chiefly from the equivalence of the 
diphthongs ou and oi. The following is a list of the most 
common syncretic forms. Either form is allowable. 


e 
List orf COMMON SYNCRETIC FORMS 


acoute acoite whip-lash 
cousa coisa thing 
couro coiro leather 
doudo doido crazy 
dous dois two 
lousa loisa paving slate 
mouta moita coppice 
noute noite night 
ouro oiro gold 
thesouro thesoiro treasure 
vindouro vindoiro futuré 


c. On the whole the tendency is toward the phonetic 
spelling, a tendency that has lately received much fresh 
impulse. These variations, however, are not to be regarded 
as license to spell words in any way.! 

1 The most comprehensive study of modern Portuguese orthog- 


raphy is Ortografia nacional, simplificagdo e uniformizagdo sistematica 
das ortografias portuguesas. Por A. R.Gongalvez Viana. Lisboa, 1904. 


DEFINITE ARTICLE ya Be 


II. ARTICLES 


DEFINITE ARTICLE 
(See Exercise V, page 125) 
14. The definite article has gender and number 
to agree with its noun. 


MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH 
Singular Oo a the 
Plural os as the 


The Spanish form of the definite article is used in 
- two instances: El-Rei, the King, and Eldorado. 


15. Contractions. — The articles combine with 
certain prepositions as follows: 


a. a, to, combines with the different forms of the 
article making ao, 4, aos and 4s, fo the. 

b. de, of, combines with them forming do, da, dos, and 
das, of the. 

c.. em, in, combines with them to form no, na, nos, and 
nas, in the (instead of em o, em a, etc.). 

d. per, by, combines with them forming pelo, pela, 
pelos, and pelas, by the. Polo and pola are antiquated 
forms. i 


Use or THE DEFINITE ARTICLE WITH PREPOSITIONS 


Singular Plural 
MASC, FEM. MASC, FEM, 
a to ao 4 aos 4s to the 
de of do da dos das of the 
em in no na nos nas in the 


per by pelo pela pelos pelas_ by the 


24 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


16. Syntax of the Definite Article. — The definite 
article is used as a determinative: o menino, the boy; 
o bom, the good. 

It is used before certain proper geographical names, 
especially those of rivers, mountains, seas, etc.: 
a Franca, France; o Téjo, the Tagus; o Andes, the 
Andes; o Atlantico, the Atlantic. 

In Brazil this rule is not universally followed. 
The names of the states of Parahyba and Bahia are 
used with the feminine article, while the article is. 
not generally used with the names of the states of 
Pernambuco, Alagdas, Sergipe, Sao Paulo, Santa 
Catherina, Minas Geraes, and Mato Grosso. 

It is used familiarly before the names of persons: 
onde esté o Jodo? where is John?; o Guimaraes 
chegou, Guimardes has come. 

It is used before pronouns and possessive adjec- 
tives::o meu chapeo, my hat; a tua vontade, thy will. 
In this case the article may be omitted in familiar 
style. It is also omitted in speaking of one’s kin, as 
meu pai, my father, not o meu pai, unless emphasis 
is required, when it is used. 

It is inserted before nouns used in a general sense. 
where in general, all, every may be understood: o ouro 
é mais precioso que a prata, gold is more precious 
than silver. 

It is used to indicate time and season: 4s duas 
horas, at two o’clock; no inverno, in winter. 

It is used before nouns of weight and measure: 
dois milreis o kilo, o metro, two milreis a kilo, a meter. 


INDEFINITE ARTICLE 25) 


It is used before the names of languages: estudando 
o portuguez, studying Portuguese; entendo o francez, 
I understand French. 

It is used after verbs denoting possession: estou 
com as mAos sujas, my hands are soiled; tem os olhos 
pretos, he (or she) has black eyes. 

It is used after todo in both-numbers: todo o 
homen é mortal or todos os homens sao mortaes, 
all men are mortal. 

It is used before certain titles: O Senhor Costa, 
O Coronel Sampaio. 

It is omitted before the titles Sua Majestade, His 
Majesty; Vossa Alteza, Your Highness; Vossa Senhoria. 

It is omitted before numerals used as titles: 
Carlos quinto, Charles the fifth. 

It is omitted with appositional nouns: é filho do 
Coronel, he is the son of the colonel. 

(For demonstrative pronouns having the same 
forms as the definite articles see § 65c. and § 87.) 


INDEFINITE ARTICLE 
(See Exercise VI, page 126) 


17. The indefinite article has gender and number 
to agree with its noun. 


MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH 
Singular um uma a, an! 
Plural uns umas some 


1 The indefinite article um, uma, should not be confused with the 
cardinal number which has the same form in the singular (see page 
* 50) but has no plural. 


°26 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


18. Contractions: — The indefinite article com- 
bines with em im forming num, numa, nuns, and 
numas (in place of em um, etc.). 

It also combines with de, of, forming dum, though 
this is generally written d’um. 

The old form. of the indefinite article was hum, 
huma, etc. The indefinite article has a negative 
form nenhum, none, which still retains the h that 
one often sees in the old forms. 


a. Syntax of the Indefinite Article. — The indefinite 
article always precedes its noun or its substantive 
adjective, as uma pessoa, a person; um desconhe- 
cido, an unknown person. 

b. The indefinite article is omitted: 


1. Before predicative nouns denoting what a person is: 
seu amigo é general, his friend is a general; elle assentou 
praca, he enlisted. 

2. After verbs of possession, or denoting condition: 
estou com fome, J am hungry; tenho bom apetite, J have 
a good appetite. 

3. After various indefinites, outro, tal, certo, tanto, 
semelhante, etc.: tal dia, tal noite, such a day, such a 
night; foi sem dizer palavra, he went without-saying a word. 

4. After an exclamatory que: que bella noite, what a 
fine night. 


Til. NOUNS ; 
INFLECTION 


19. Portuguese nouns have no case forms; they . 
distinguish in form only between singular and plural. 


PLURAL 27 


PLURAL FORMATION 
(See Exercise VII, page 127) 


20. The plural is formed by adding s to the singu- 
lar: amigo, friend, pl. amigos; casa, house, pl. casas. 
To this rule there are the following exceptions: 


1. Final m changes to n before the final s: homem, 
man, pl. homens. 

2. Final ix and ex change to ice before the final s: 
index, pl. indices; appendix, pl. appendices. 

3. Final r and z add e before the final s; mar, sea, pl. 
mares; cruz, cross, pl. cruzes. 

'4. Final al, ol, and ul are changed to aes, oes, and ues: 
sal, salt, pl. saes; dedal, thimble, pl. dedaes; anzol, fish- 
hook, pl. anzoes; paul, swamp, pl. paues. 

Except that consul, mal, cal, real (money) have for 
plurals consules, males, cales, and reis. 

5. Final el is changed to eis: papel, paper, pl. papeis; 
annel, ring, pl. anneis. Mel, honey, becomes either meis 
or meles. 

6. Final il, when the word has the acute accent, is 
changed to is: barril, barrel, pl. barris; funil, funnel, pl. 
funis. 

When, however, the word has the grave accent the 
final il is changed to eis: ddcil, docile, pl. doceis; féssil, 
fossil, pl. fésseis. 

a. Nouns ending in ao form the plural in three ways: 

1. Most nouns ending in 4o change ao to des: acc4o, 
accoes. 

2. A few add s to the singular: these are m4o, irm4o, 
pagao, orfao, orgao, sotao, tempordo, vao, zangao. 

3. A few others change do to des: escrivao, notary, pl. 


28 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


escrivaes. These are allemao, cao, capellao, capitao, 
catalao, charletaéo, deao, ermitao, escrivao, guardiao, pao, 
sacristao, tabelliao. 

b. Nouns ending in s have the same form in the plural: 
0 pires, os pires, the saucers; 0 caes, os caes, the quays. 
Except Deus, cos, and simples (drug) become deuses, 
coses, simplices. 

c. When the accent of a word ending in 4o is grave, the 
plural is always in fos: 6rg&o, organ, pl. org&os; and 
similarly bengao, blessing; accordao, sentence of a court; 
sotao, attic. 


21. Plurals Only. — Many nouns are used only in in 
the plural. Such are 


algemas, fetters exequias, funeral rites 
alvicaras, rewards expensas, costs 
annaes, annals ferias, holidays 
arredores, environs manes, shades 

calcas, trousers matinas, matins 
calendas, calends nonas, nones 
ceroulas, drawers nupcias, nuptials 
confins, confines trevas, darkness 
completas, complin viveres, provisions 


22. Compound Words. — Compound words gener- 
ally have the plural form for the final word when 
one of the components has an adverbial sense: 
salvo-conducto, pl. salvo-conductos; linguas neo- 
latinas, neo-Latin languages; jornaes luso-brasileiros, 
Portuguese-Brazilian journals; guarda-sol, sunshade, 
pl. guarda-soes; contra-veneno, antidote, pl. contra- 
venenos. 





PLURAL =) tae 


a. Compound words take the plural in both parts when 
they both represent functions belonging to the noun: 
surdo-mudo, deaf-mute, pl. surdos-mudos. 

b. As in English some nouns are plural but are used 
only in a singular sense: Montes Claros fica na planicie, 
Montes Claros is on the plain. 

Compound words united by de usually take the plural 
in the first part only: flor-de-lis, pl. flores-de-lis. 

c. Plural nouns that take the article, however, are used 
in the plural: os Alpes ficam na Suissa, the Alps are in 
Switzerland; os Estados Unidos fizeram guerra, the United 
States made war. 


23. Varied Meanings.—Some names change 
their meaning with the change of number. These 
correspond to similar changes that take place in the 
English language as illustrated by the words iron 
and irons, liberty and liberties. 


SINGULAR MEANING . PLURAL MEANING 
bem well, good bens property 

cérte court cértes congress, tribunals 
dote dowery dotes accomplishments 
ferro iron ferros shackles 

filho son filhos children (or sons) 
honra honor honras solemnities 

letra letter letras literature 
liberdade liberty liberdades impertinence 
molhado wet - auoinados groceries 

pai father 2 pais parents 

parte part partes parties (judicial) 
secco ary seccos dry-goods 


- zelo ‘geal zelos jealousy 


30 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR. 


GENDER OF NOUNS 


(See Exercise VIII, page 128) 


24. Gender is grammatical, and all nouns are 
either masculine or feminine.! 

The gender of words is sometimes determined by 
meaning and at other times by termination. 

There are no rules covering all cases, and there 
are many exceptions to those given below. 


25. Masculine. — The following are masculine: 


1. Nouns denoting males and their offices and occupa- 
tions: o homem, the man; o cavallo, the horse; juiz, judge; 
pai, father. 


Nore. — In the names of animals having two genders the mas- 
culine form is generally used to designate the species: o lobo, the 
wolf. 


2. Nouns not implying sex distinction and ending in 


a (a with acute accent) sofa, tafeta, cha (except a pa, 
shovel or spade). 

é (except chaminé, fé, galé, maré, ré, sé). 

i (except lei, law, grei, flock). 


1 Neuter Gender. — Strictly speaking there is no neuter gender in 
rortuguese, but certain words have been called neuter (and also 
common gender) by some grammarians. Such forms are the imper- 
sonal definite pronouns isso, isto, aquillo, and tudo. The cardinal 
numerals also have no gender except um tima, dois. duas, and those 
compounded of cento as duzentos—as, trezentos-as. ~ 


GENDER se 


o (short or mute). This does not refer to the end- 
ing ao. 

6 (accented 0) for the most part. The following, how- 
ever, are feminine: enx6, adz; m6, millstone; avd, 
grandmother; filhd, cake; ilhé, eyelet. 

1 (except cal, lime, cathedral, moral, pastoral). 

-m (except ordem, order, and those ending in gem). 

r (except colher, spoon; cér, color; dér, pain; flor, flower). 

s (except those used only in the plural and ending in as: 
andas, arrhas, cocegas, and a few in es: preces, 
ephemerides). 


3. Nouns ending in ote and ume are generally masculine. 
Examples: dote, chicote, lume, costume, betume. 


4. Infinitive verbs are masculine when used as sub- 
stantives: o andar do cavallo, the gait of the horse. 


5. Masculine are the names of seas, rivers, lakes, and 
mountains, of the letters of the alphabet, of the numbers, 
the months, the points of the compass, and the notes in 
music. 


26. Feminine. — The following are feminine: 


a. Nouns denoting females and their names and occu- 
pations: a vacca, the cow, mai, mother, costureira, seam- 
stress, rainha, queen. 


b. Notrr. — In cases of sex distinction there are gen- 
erally two forms, as mogo, young man, moga, young 
woman, poeta, poet, poetisa, poctess. There are, however, 
some words which have the same form for both genders, 
such as martyr, jovem, and tigre, which may be either 
masculine or feminine. 


32 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


c. In some cases there is no masculine form of a noun: 
ra, frog, abelha, bee, formiga, ant, aguia, eagle, onga, 
panther, cobra, snake, truta, trout, mosca, fly. When it 
becomes necessary in such cases to indicate sex, it is 
done by use of the word macho, male, or femea, female; 
o salmao macho, the male salmon, or a onga femea, the 
. female panther; 0 corvo macho, the male crow. 


d. Nouns not implying sex distinction ending in: 


aor a. Except dia, day, mappa, map, and words from 
the Greek ending in ma: aroma, clima, climate, di- 
ploma, dogma, emblema, idioma, poema, thema, 
problema, symptoma, epigramma. 

ade, as caridade, charity. 

ude, as virtude. Except alaude, ataude, acude, almude, 
grude. 

gem. Except pagem, page, and selvagem, savage, which 
may be of either gender. 

ie, as planicie. 


27. Common Terminations. — The following ter- 
minations are common to both genders: Words end- 
ing in 


Mase. alcatraz, ananaz, anthras, cabaz, cartaz, 
az gaz, lilaz, rapaz. 
Fem. paz, tenaz. 


(Mase. arnez, convez, freguez, jaez, mez, pez, 
" revez, xadréz. 

ez «Fem. altivez, honradez, fez, mudez, pequenhez, 
rapidez, redondez, rez, solidez, surdez, 
q tez, timidez, torquez, vez. 





y’ 


OZ 


uz 


GENDER 33 


(Mase. almofariz, giz, matiz, nariz, paiz, pleuriz, 
tapiz, verniz. 
Fem. buiz, cerviz, cicatriz, codorniz, matriz, 





perdiz, raiz, sobrepelliz. 


Mase. albernoz, algoz, aljaroz, arroz, cadoz, coz, 
retroz. 
Fem.  foz, noz, voz. 


Mase. alcacuz, alcatruz, arcabuz, capuz, cuzcuz, 
lapuz, obuz. 
Fem. cruz, luz. 


(Mase. broche, café, carcere, codice, corte, dente, 
epitome, tapete, traquete, valle, vertice. 


e <~Fem. arte, ave, chave, corte, crise, fé, fome, libré, 


lide, nave, neve, ponte, ralé, rede, saude, 





sé, sebe, sede, sege, torre, torrente. 


(fl. Augmentatives, even though derived 
from feminine original. Examples: 
caixao (caixa), portéo (porta) mu- 
Iherao (mulher). 

II. Those in fo and not derived from 
words of the third declension of the 
Latin: coragaéo, grado, sabao, siphao, 





| trovao. 

(Words so ending derived from words of the 
third declension in the Latin: acg&o, 
constituigao, diccao, execucao, feicao, 

HPenti : instituic¢ao, legiado, lentidaéo, mansidao, 


multidao, opiniao, rebelliao, regiao, re- 
solucao, servidao, solidao, uniao. (But 
pao from panis and serméo from sermo 
‘ are both masculine.) 





34 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


28. Nouns of Opposite Sex. (See Exercise IX, 
page 129.) — Nouns denoting individuals of opposite 
sex may be either related, unrelated, or identical. 
They are 


a. Related when the feminine form is derived from the 
masculine either 


I. By adding a to the masculine form: 


auctor, author auctora, authoress 
cantor, singer (male) cantora, singer (female) 
inglez, Englishman ingleza, English woman 
senhor, gentleman senhora, lady 


Nore. — A few nouns in r have two feminine forms, as lavrador, 
lavradora, or lavradeira; cantor, cantora, or cantatriz. There is also 
a tendency to change final or to eira, as trabalhador, trabalhadeira. 


II. By changing final o or e to a, as 


hospede, guest (male) hospeda, guest (female) 


mano, brother mana, sister 

mestre, teacher (male) mestra, teacher (female) 
moco, young man moca, young woman 
parente, kinsman parenta, kinswoman 


III. By changing the terminal to inha, essa, eza, neza, 
ola: 


barao, baron baroneza, baroness 

conde, count condessa, countess 

gallo, cock gallinha, hen 

hespanhol, Spaniard hespanhola, Spanish woman 


principe, prince princeza, princess 


GENDER 35. 


b. Related but irregular forms of nouns of opposite sex 
are the following: 


MASCULINE FEMININE 
avo, grandfather avo, grandmother 
dom, sir, lord dona, lady 
frade, friar (ant. freire) freira, nun 
ladrao, thief ladra, woman thief 
pert, turkey-cock perua, turkey-hen 
rapaz, lad rapariga, girl 
rei, king rainha, queen 
réo, defendant ré, female defendant 


c. Unrelated when not derived from the same word: 


boi, ox vacca, cow 

cavallo, horse egua, mare . 
genro, son-in-law nora, daughter-in-law 
pai, father mai, mother 


d. Identical when the same word may be of either 
gender: 


camarada (m. or f.), companion. 
jovem (m. or f.), a young man or young woman 
guia, guide 

sentinella, sentinel 


29. Closely Similar Related Nouns. — The Portu- 
guese contains many nouns that are related in form 
and meaning, yet distinct in sex and significance. 
Following are some of these words: 


36 


MASCULINE 


bago 
barco 
bodo 
caneco 
cantharo 


-carreiro 


cerco 
cesto 
cevo 
chuco 
cimo 
cinto 
corno 
encosto 
fabrico! 
folho 
fosso 
friso 
fruto 
gorro 
grito 
horto 


jarro 
lanco 
lenho 
madeiro 
marujo 
modo 
pago 
poco 
ponto 
porto 
ramo 
ribeiro 
rio 
Sacco 
saio 
sapato 
tacho 
taleigo 
trilho 
troco 
vallo 
veio 


. 





PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


The feminine forms 
differ only in ending 
in a instead of o. 


In each case these nouns contain the same funda- 


mental idea, but the sense of the feminine form is 
more general, while that of the masculine is more 


specific. 


For example fruta is used for fruit in gen- 


eral, while fruto refers to one kind of fruit; madeiro 


1 The accent in this case is also changed from fabrico to fabrica. 


GENDER ee: 


is one kind of madeira (wood), and bago is one kind 
of a baga (berry). 


30. Similar Unrelated Nouns. — There are other 
words that bear a similar resemblance to each other, 
but which have no genetic relations and have widely 
different meanings. Such are: 


MASCULINE MEANING FEMININE MEANING 

banho _—ibath banha lard 

barro clay barra bar (of stream) 

caso case casa house 

espinho thorn espinha spinal column (but espinhas 
de peixe, fish-bones) 

escolho _ cliff escolha choice 

peito breast peita bribe 

prato plate prata___ silver 

queixo jaw queixa complaint 

solo soil sola sole leather 


The same word sometimes occurs as a noun, 
adjective, or verb; in such cases the nature of the 
word is indicated by the context. 


31. There are still other words that are spelled 
precisely alike, but differ from each other in gender 
and in meaning. Following are some of these words: 


1 Julio Ribeiro in his Grammatica Portugueza, page 84, says that 
the feminine form of several of these words indicates always an 
increase of volume or size. 


38 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


MASCULINE MEANING FEMININE MEANING 

o capital principal (money) a capital chief city 

o chrisma ointment a chrisma-sacrament of 
confirmation 

o cura curate acura cure 

o guarda warder a guarda care 

olingua interpreter alingua tongue 

o lente lecturer alente lens 

o sota groom asota queen (at cards) 


QUALIFYING SUFFIXES 
(See Exercise X, page 130) 

32. Suffixes are extensively and effectively used 
to modify and extend the meaning of nouns and 
adjectives, and even of verbs. In these cases the 
meaning of the parent word is carried over in some 
modified form to the new word. It should be noted, 
however, that these suffixes do not have, as a rule, 
such exact meanings as do the prefixes. Most of 
the suffixes are directly from the Latin, while ista, 
isme, ite, and izar are from the Greek. Only the 
more important of them can be mentioned here. 


EXAMPLES 
pay cs aaa MEANING WITH SUFFIX MEANING 
—ada limao lemon limonada lemonade 
marmelo quince marmelada! marmalade 
mulher woman mulherada a lot of women 
baixo low baixada low ground 
faca knife facada a knife cut 


1 This word has been adopted into the English language with a 
méaning very different from its original one which was a prepara- 
tion from the quince. 


SUFFIXES 39 


TERMI- ORIGINAL 


NATION WORD MEANING WITH SUFFIX MEANING 
-agem homem man homenagem homage 
vassalo vassal vassalagem vassalage 
-al café coffee cafezal field of coffee 
(The z in cafezal is for the sake of euphony.) 
banana banana bananal field of bananas 
milho corn milhoral field of corn 
_-ado consul consul consulado consulate 
—cida rei king regicida king-killer 
formiga ant formicida ant-killer 
~aria cavallo horse cavallaria cavalry 
porco hog porcaria filth 
-ario' botica apothecary’s boticario apothecary 
shop 
—eiro—a® mina mine mineiro miner 
cha tea chaleira teakettle (or 
kettle) _ 
(The | in chaleira is for euphony.) 
—ense Brasil Brazil brasiliense Brazilian 
—eZ Franca France ~ francez French 
—eza rico rich riqueza _ riches 
pobre poor pobreza poverty 
—ude quieto (adj.) quiet quietude (n.) quietude 


? -ario is the erudite form of eiro; many of the words so ending 
correspond to the English termination ary, as secretario, san- 
ctuario, vocabulario. 

* This ending is especially useful and is easily managed. It cor- 
responds in part to the English ending er as illustrated in the words 
bank, banker, but it has a wider application in Portuguese, as for 
example: pedra, stone, pedreira, stone quarry, pedreiro, quarryman, 
and sometimes stone mason; sapato, shoe, sapateiro, shoemaker. The 
common names of many trees are similarly derived from the names 
of their fruits: pécego, peach, pecegueiro, peach-tree; coco, the coco- 
nut, coqueiro, the coco-palm. 


40 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


paps ee eae MEANING WITH SUFFIX MEANING 
—udo This suffix expresses abundance or intensity, as 

cabeca head cabecudo big-headed, pig- 

headed 

beico lip beicudo thick-lipped 
—or orar to orate orador orator 

falar to talk falador talker 

trabalhar to work trabalhador laborer 


33. Many other suffixes are so nearly like forms 
i1 English that they will be recognized, such as 
those ending in ficar corresponding to the English 
fy: clarificar, to clarify, purificar, to purify, classificar, 
to classify; others ending in mente corresponding to 
the English ending ly, as grandamente, grandly, 
claramente, clearly, escuramente, darkly; and in 
ista corresponding to the English ist, as capitalista, 
a capitalist, dentista, socialista, etc. Many words 
ending in orio correspond approximately to English 
words ending in ory: consistorio, repertorio. Many 
endings in ico correspond to the English ending ic, 
as artistico, symbolico; many in avel, evel, and ivel 
correspond to the English endings able and ible, as 
notavel, veneravel, indelevel, risivel, terrivel. The 
termination ivo often corresponds to the English ive, 
as instructivo, executivo. 


34. The infinitives of verbs are often used as 
plural nouns: dizer, fo say, os dizeres, the sayings; 
poder, to be able, os poderes, the powers. 


SUFFIXES 


AUGMENTATIVES 


41 


35. Augmentatives are formed by the addition 
of the suffixes 40, aréo, aca, anha, az, azio, and ona 


as here illustrated. 


ORIGINAL MEANING 
casa house 
monte hill, heap 
mulher woman 


porta door 
rapaz boy 
rato rat 


nariz nose 


AUGMENTATIVE 
casarao 
montanha 
mulheraca 
portao 
rapagao 
ratao 
narigao 


MEANING 
big house 
mountain 
big woman 
gate 
big fellow 
big rat 
big nose 


a. An additional augmentative effect is produced by 
giving a masculine ending to a feminine noun: mulherao, 
an enormous woman or an amazon. 

b. The augmentatives sometimes convey an idea of 
ridicule or irony. For example, rat&o is used as a slang 
expression for a queer fellow. 


~DIMINUTIVES 
(See Exercise XI, page 131) 
36. Diminutives are formed by the use of the 


following suffixes: 


SUFFIX ORIGINAL MEANING 
-inho-a livro book 
~—zinho-a mao hand 
—eto-a folha leaf 
—ito—a mosca fly 
—ote camara room 


—ola fazenda estate 


DIMINUTIVE 
livrinho 
maozinha 
folheto 
mosquito 
camarote 
fazendola 


MEANING 
little book 
little hand 
pamphlet 
gnat 
cabin (on ship) 
a small farm 


42 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


SUFFIX ORIGINAL MEANING DIMINUTIVE MEANING 

—ulo-a corpo body corpusculo molecule 

-—ino-a pequeno small pequenino very small (boy) 

—ete pobre poor pobrete rather poor 

-ilho cinto belt cintilho hat-band 

-im camara room camarim dressing room (of 
theater) 

—ella costa side costella rib 

—ejo lugar place lugarejo small town 

—isco chuva rain chuvisco drizzling rain 


37. A still further arbitrary diminutive effect is 
produced by a repetition or drawing out of the 
syllables of the usual diminutives, as pequenininho 
or pequeninozinho, very, very small. 


38. Another class of diminutives includes certain 
proper names. These, however, do not always imply 
smallness, but they are used as terms of endear- 
ment or compassion and as nicknames. The names 
for José are: Zé, Zezé, Zéca, Zezinho, Josezinho, 
Zequinho, Jiica, Juquinha, Jéca, Cazuzo, Zuza, 
Zuca, Zuzu; for Francisco are used: Chico, Chiquinho, 
Chichi, Francisquinho, and Francisquito; for Anna 
are used: Anninha, Anninhas, Annazinha, Naninha, 
Nicota, Annicota, Annica, Anndéca, Nanoca, Anni- 
quita, Nand, Na, and Nazinha; for Joao they are 
Janjaéo, Joaozinho, Jéca, Joanninho, Noca; for 
Maria they are Mariquinha, Maroca, Mariasinha, 
Marica, Mariquita. 


a 


a a 


aN O ff ieee ee 


; 


ADJECTIVES 43 


IV. ADJECTIVES 
(See Exercise XII, page 132) 


39. The adjectives have gender, number, and 
degree of comparison. 


a. They agree in gender and number with their nouns; 
mulher sensata, a sensible woman, homens velhos, old 
men. 

b. When mesmo and proprio are used in connection 
with a pronoun they must agree with the noun so repre- 
sented. Eu mesmo or eu mesma according as the speaker 
is masculine or feminine. 

c. When there is more than one noun, the adjective 
usually agrees with the last one: desejos e virtudes puras, 
pure aims and (pure) virtues. | 

d. When the nouns have different numbers the adjec- 
tive is generally plural: os soldados e o seu chefe cheios 
de coragem, the soldiers and their leader, full of courage. 

e. There may be a plural noun with singular adjectives 
expressing parts as, aS grammaticas portugueza, franceza. 
e ingleza. 


| PLURAL 
40. Adjectives form their plurals like nouns: 
bonito, handsome (f. bonita), pl. bonitos (f. bonitas) ; 


facil, easy, pl. faceis. (For the various plural end- 
ings see § 20.) 


FEMININE 


41. Adjectives have the feminine in a, or remain 
unchanged according to the following rules: 


44 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


a. Adjectives with the masculine ending in o is 
that vowel to a: bello, fine, f. bella. 

b. Adjectives ending in 4o either drop the 0: as sao, 
f. sa, or change the ao to ona as choréo, chorona; sabi- 
chao, sabichona; valentaéo, valentona. 

c. Adjectives ending in r (except particular, singular, 
and comparatives which are unchanged) add a: encanta- 
dor, charming, f. encantadora. 

d. Proper adjectives ending in z and 1 add a: frances, 
f. franceza, French; hespanhol, f. hespanhola, Spanish. 

e. Those ending in eu change to ea: hebreu, f. hebrea, 
Hebrew (but judeu becomes judia and sandeu becomes 
sandia). Those ending in u adda: cru, f. crua; nu, f. nua. 

f. Other adjectives have the same form in both 
genders: facil, m. f., easy; feliz, m. f., happy; azul, m. f., 
blue; melhor, m. f., better; cortez, m. f., courteous; prudente, 
m. f., prudent; ruim, m. f., bad. 

g. The following, however, are irregular: 


MASCULINE FEMININE MEANING 
bom boa good 
mau ma bad 

COMPARISON 


(See Exercise XIII, page 133) 

42. The regular comparative adjectives are formed 
by placing mais, more, or menos, less, before the 
positive: escuro, dark, mais escuro, darker, or menos 
— escuro, less dark. 


43. The relative superlative is formed by placing 
the definite article before the comparative form: o 
mais escuro, the darkest. 


SUPERLATIVES 45 


44, The absolute superlative is derived directly 
from the Latin and has the termination imo. 
The precise formation varies according to the 
termination of the positive from which it is de- 
rived: 


I. When the positive ends in al, il, r, or u, add issimo: 
natural, naturalissimo; habil, habilissimo; singular, 
singularissimo; cru, cruissimo. 

II. When the positive ends in vel, that ending be- 
comes bilissimo: notavel, notabilissimo. 

III. When the positive ends in om or um, the m is 
changed to n before the final issimo: bom, bonissimo; 
commum, communissimo. 

IV. When the positive ends in ao, that termination 
becomes anissimo: sao, sanissimo; but christao, chris- 
tianissimo. 

Y. When the positive ends in az, iz, oz, the final z is 
changed to c before the issimo: audaz, audacissimo; 
feliz, felicissimo; veloz, velocissimo. 

VI. When the positive ends in e or o these termina- 
tions change to issimo: excellente, excellentissimo; 
alto, altissimo. 

a. Positives ending in co and go change those letters 
to qu and gu before issimo in order to retain the hard 
sounds: rico, riquissimo; vago, vaguissimo. 

b. The following are exceptional absolute superlative 
forms derived from Latin roots: 


acre acerrimo christao _— christianissimo 
amigo amicissimo . cruel crudelissimo 
aspero asperrimo difficil difficillimo 


celebre celeberrimo doce dulcissimo 


46 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


facil facillimo pobre pauperrimo (coll. 
fiel fidelissimo pobrissimo) 
frio frigidissimo -  sabio sapientissimo 
livre liberrimo sagrado sacratissimo 
misero miserrimo salubre saluberrimo 


nobre nobilissimo similhante simillimo 


TABLE OF COMPARISON 


POSITIVE COMPARATIVE eres ne Bi weainpl etal 9 
alto, high mais alto,! higher altissimo, highest o mais alto, 
the highest 
grande, great mais grande,” grandissimo o mais grande 
secco, dry mais secco sequissimo 0 mais secco 


ec. In colloquial Portuguese certain superlative forms 
are used to strengthen an expression or statement, as 
mesmissima cousa, precisely the same thing. (See § 93.) 
One even hears such expressions as coisissima ne- 
nhuma, not the slightest thing, though, strictly speaking, 
a noun does not admit of such comparison. Portugue- 
sissimo is sometimes used to mean very thoroughly 
Portuguese.* 

d. The absolute superlative may also be expressed by 
the use of various adverbs, mui or muito, very, bastante, 
quite, or summamente, exceedingly. 

e. The relative superlative takes de, of: o mais valente 
de todos, the bravest of all. 

f. Comparatives of superiority or inferiority take que, 
de que and do que, than: mais bello do que a rosa, more 
beautiful than the rose. Certain other comparatives take 


1 Alto has also an irregular comparative superior. 
* Grande has an irregular comparative maior. 
* A. R. Gongalvez Viana, Ortografia Nacional, page 167. 


COMPARISONS 47 


de: ha mais de vinte annos, menos de uma legua, more 
than twenty years ago, less than a league. 

g. The forms maior, greater, menor, smaller, peior, 
worse, melhor, better, are followed by que: maior que a 
serra, bigger than the mountain; but the forms superior, 
inferior, interior, and exterior take a, to, instead of que: 
elle é inferior a seu irmao, he is inferior to his brother. 


IRREGULAR COMPARISONS 


45. Several irregular adjectives derive their com- 
parative and their absolute superlative forms di- 
rectly from the Latin, but the relative superlative 
is formed in the usual way by placing o, the, before 
the comparative. 


POSITIVE COMPARATIVE = gupERLATIVE «SUPERLATIVE 
bom, good melhor! optimo o melhor 
mau, bad peior' pessimo oO peior 
grande, great maior” maximo o maior 
alto, high superior supremo o superior 
baixo, low inferior infimo o inferior 
muito, much mais oO mais 
pequeno, small menor? minimo o menor 
pouco, little menos o menos 


AUGMENTATIVE AND DIMINUTIVE ADJECTIVES 


46. Augmentative and diminutive adjectives are 
formed like augmentative and diminutive nouns: 


1 The comparatives mais bom and mais mau are sometimes used, 
but they are falling into disuse. 

* The expressions 0 mais pequeno, the smallest, and o mais alto, 
the highest, are also used; mais grande and mais pequeno are com- 
paratives often used colloquially instead of maior and menor, but 
they are not good Portuguese. 


AS PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


* novo, new, novinho, quite new. (For rules, see § 35, 
36.) The adjectives, like the nouns, are often used 


as terms of endearment. Bonitinho from bonito, © 


pretty, is often used to mean quite pretty, very pretty, 
or pretty little dear. 


SYNTAX OF NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES 


47. In general the noun precedes the adjective: 
homem trabalhador, a working man. 


48. This order may be inverted: mau signal or 
signal mau, a bad sign. This inversion, however, is 
not arbitrary, but is determined by emphasis, the 
rule for which cannot be fully stated but must be 
acquired by observation and practise. 


49. In general the adjective precedes when it 
denotes a quality which necessarily belongs to the 
noun, and when the adjective and noun might almost 
be regarded as a compound word. 


50. The adjective follows when it denotes a qual- 
ity to which especial attention is directed; but when 
the attention is to be directed to the noun, and the 
adjective is of minor importance, the adjective 
precedes the noun. 


51. The following cases illustrate the difference — 


in meaning due to the position of the adjective: 


boa noite, good night noite boa, a fine night 
certo dia, a certain day dia certo, a fixed day 


good time 


certo relogio, a certain clock relogio certo, a clock that keeps 


NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES 49 


pobre homem, poor man! homem probre, a man who is poor . 
bom anno, a prosperous year anno bom, New Year 
santa casa, a hospital casa santa, a sacred house 
nosso padre, our priest padre nosso, the Lord’s prayer 
simples homem, a mere man homem simples, a plain man 
grande homem, an eminent homem grande, a large man 
man 


a. In the cases cited the expressions are readily trans- 
latable, but in many instances the distinctions do not 
admit of such brief definitions. In the following cases 
the English translation given is inadequate and explana- 
tions are required that cannot be given briefly: 


altos ceos and ceos altos, high heavens; 
santos padres and padres santos, holy fathers; 
primeira causa and causa primeira, first cause; 
longos dias and dias longos, long days. 


52. In certain cases inversions are not allowed. 
In the following instances, for example, the words 
must be in the order given as if they were compounds: 


Deus padre, God the father; 

estrella fixa, a fixed star; 

mao direita, the right hand; 

deputado federal, federal deputy (congressman) ; 
Illustrissimo Senhor, Most illustrious Mr. 
codigo civil, the civil code. 





53. The words pouco, little, and muito, many, 
much, when used as adjectives usually precede their 
nouns: poucas cousas, a few things; ha poucos dias, 
a few days ago; muito barulho, much noise. 


50 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


54, The adjectives hungry, thirsty, sleepy, and 
cold, are expressed by the use of estar com and the 
nouns meaning hunger, etc.: estou com fome, sede, 
somno, frio, J am hungry, thirsty, sleepy, cold. 


V. NUMERALS 
(See Exercise XIV, page 134) 


55. THE CARDINALS 

1 um, f. uma 30 trinta 

2 dois, f. duas 40 quarenta 

3 tres 50 cicoenta 

4 quatro 60 sessenta 

5 cinco 70 setenta 

6 seis 80 oitenta 

7 sete 90 noventa 

8 oito 100 cem 

9 nove 101 cento e um (or uma) 
10 dez 102 cento e dois (or duas) 
11 onze 200 duzentos, f. —as 

12 doze 300 trezentos, f. —as 

13 treze 400 quatrocentos, f. —as 
14 quatorze 500 quinhentos, f. —as 
15 quinze 600 seiscentos, f. —as 
16 dezeseis 700 setecentos, f. —as 
17 dezesete 800 oitocentos, f. —as 
18 dezoito 900 novecentos, f. —as 
19 dezenove 1000 mil! 
20 vinte 1001 mil e um (or uma) 
21 vintee um (or uma). 2000 dois (or duas) mil 


22 vinte e dois (or duas) 1,000,000 um milhao 


1 The word conto which formerly meant a million in counting is 
only used with reis: um conto de reis, a thousand milreis. 


—  ORDINALS 51 


56. The cardinal numbers have the same form 
for both genders except in the cases of um, uma, one; 
dois, duas, two, and those ending in centos or centas. 


57. The cardinal numbers are often used in place 
of the ordinals, especially to denote the days of the 
month except primeiro, the first, as: hoje é sete, to- 
day is the seventh; pagina vinte, page twenty; seculo 
dezoito for decimo oitavo seculo, the eighteenth 
century. : 


58. Except when used in place of the ordinals the 
cardinals always precede the noun: ha vinte dias, 
twenty days ago. 


THE ORDINALS 


59. The ordinal numbers are variously derived: 


1. By the use of the suffix eiro: primeiro, first, terceiro, 
third. 
2. From the Latin forms: segundo, second, sexto, 


~ giath. 


3. By the use of the suffix esimo:! vigesimo, twentieth; 
centesimo, hundredth. 


a. The ordinals have gender and number like other 
adjectives. 

b. The ordinals are used either as nouns or as adjec- 
tives: um sexto, a sixth, or uma sexta parte, a sixth part. 
Um segundo, however, is not used for a half, nor um 
terceiro, for a third, when fractions are meant. (See 
“ Fractions,” § 61.) 


! The s in simo from vigesimo onward is pronounced like s, not 
like z. 


52 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


1 primeiro, first 16 decimo sexto 

2 segundo, second 17 decimo setimo 

3 terceiro, third, etc. 18 decimo oitavo 

4 quarto 19 decimo nono 

5 quinto 20 vigesimo 

6 sexto , 21 vigesimo primeiro 
7 septimo or setimo 22 vigesimo segundo 
8 oitavo 30 trigesimo 

9 nono 40 quadragesimo 

10 decimo 50 quinquagesimo 


11 undecimo (decimo primeiro) 60 sexagesimo 
12 duodecimo (decimo segundo) 70 septuagesimo 


13 decimo terceiro 80 octogesimo 
14 decimo quarto 90 nonagesimo 
15 decimo quinto 100 centesimo 


60. Inflection. — Of the cardinals um, dois, and 
multiples of cento (duzentos, f. duzentas) are treated 
as adjectives. 

The ordinals are all treated as adjectives, except 
as indicated at § 59b. 


61. THE FRACTIONS 


metade: metade do dinheiro, half of the money 
meio or meia: meia hora, half an hour 

terco or terca: uma terca parte 

dois tercos or duas tercas partes 

um quarto or uma quarta parte 

tres quartos 

um quinto 

% um sexto 


oe 


Cpt HED SS! c2lto cohes 


FRACTIONS 53 


1 um setimo 

4 um oitavo 

4 um nono 
jy um decimo 


a. In the reading of fractions above tenths the suffix 
avo (derived from the term oitavo) is used to express the 
divisor. 3 


jy um onze avo or a undecima parte 

Yr move onze avos 

tz um doze avo 

zy um vinte avo 

3% treze vinte avos 

#4 quarenta e um cincoenta e quatro avos 

13> um centesimo | 

tooo um millesimo 


62. MULTIPLICATION 


The word vez, time, is used with the cardinal nu- 
merals to express multiplication: uma vez or simples, 
once; duas vezes, twice; tres vezes, three times, ete. 
Example: tres vezes tres sao nove, three times three 
are nine. 


a. These expressions are also used: dois tantos, twice 
as many; tres tantos, three times as many; outros tantos, 
as many more. 

b. Proportionals: 


duplice, 
dobrado, 
dobro, 
duplo, 


double 


54 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


triple, 
triplice, 
triplicado, 
triplo, 

tres dobrado, 
tres dobro, 


triple 


quadruplo, quadruple 
decuplo, tenfold 
centuplo, a hundred fold 
uma duzia, a dozen 
vintena, a score 
centenares, hundreds 
milhares, thousands 
multiplo, many times 


63. NUMERAL SUBSTANTIVES 


Cento, a hundred, mil, a thousand, milheiro, 
thousand, the fractions and the proportional numbers 
are treated as substantives. 


64. IDIOMS 


The following are illustrations of idioms in common 
use in connection. with the numerals. 


Que horas sao, what time is it? 

Sao tres e um quarto, it is quarter past three. 

E uma hora, it is one o’clock. 

Faltam vinte para tres (collog.), it lacks twenty 
minutes of three. 

A quantos estamos hoje do mez? what day of the 
month is it? 


— ‘ 





—_ — 


a a 


IDIOMS 55 


Hoje é dia quinze or hoje é quinze, this is the fifteenth. 

Quantas leguas sao d’aqui 4 cidade? how many leagues 
is it from here to the city? 

Sao duas, it is two. 

Que idade tem o senhor? how old are you? (literally, 
what age has the gentleman?) 

Tenho vinte e tantos annos, I am twenty odd years 
old. 

Oito dias, a week (literally, eight days). 

Quinze dias, a fortnight (literally, fifteen days). 

Ha vinte annos, twenty years ago, also these twenty 
years. : 

Ha cousa de vinte annos, some (about) twenty years 
ago. 

Ha duas horas, two hours ago, and these two hours. 

D’aqui a quinze dias, a fortnight hence. 


The days of the week are numbered from Monday 
to Friday as follows: 


Domingo Sunday 
Segunda-feira Monday 
Terca-feira Tuesday 
Quarta-feira Wednesday 
Quinta-feira Thursday 
Sexta-feira Friday 


Sabbado Saturday 


56 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


VI. PRONOUNS 


PERSONALS 
(See Exercise XV, page 135) 


65. There are the usual three personal pronouns, 
but in Portuguese the third person is generally 
used in place of the second in direct address, with 
the exceptions noted below. Strictly speaking there 
is no declension in ‘Portuguese; the personal pro- 
nouns, however, retain, in all persons, so many 
traces of their Latin declensions that they have the 
appearance of being declined, and are so given by 
some grammarians. The objective forms vary ac- 
cording as they are used with or without prepositions. 


Supsect Forms OBJECTIVE Forms 
WITHOUT WITH 
PREPOSITIONS PREPOSITIONS 
eu I me mim orme, me 
1st per. migo 
nés we nos nés,nosco us 
Od per thou te ti or te, tigo thee 
" (vés you, ye vos v6s, vosco —-_—-ye 
(elle, ella he,she,it o0,a,lo,la,!_ elle, ella him, her, 
lhe it 
3d per. < elles,ellas they os,as,los, elles, ellas them 
las,! hes 
| (reflexive) se siorse,sigo them- 





selves 


1 These are from the Latin pronoun illo and are not to be con- 
fused with the definite article which has the same forms. There is 
a tendency to avoid the use of 0, so that one often hears such expres- 


\ PRONOUNS Sy 


a. Lhe, lhes, to him, to her, to it, to them are always 
indirect or dative forms. 

b. O, a, lo, la, os, as, los, and las are always direct 
objective or accusative forms. : 

c. Those used with prepositions admit of any preposi- 
tion, except that when the preposition is com, with, the 
forms migo, tigo, nosco, vosco, and sigo only are used, as 
commigo, with me, comtigo, with thee, etc. 

d. Elle, ella, etc., with the preposition de, of, are 
contracted to delle, della, etc.; with em, in, they are con- 
tracted to nelle, nella, etc. 


66. Use of the Third Person. — In address, the 
third person is commonly used except to close friends, 
relatives, children, and domestics when tu may be 
employed. Persons may be addressed, according to 
circumstances, as Vossa Excellencia, Your Kxcel- 
lency, Vossa Senhoria, Your lordship, Vossa mercé, 
_ Your mercy, your grace, Vocé, a common abbreviation 
of Vossa mercé, but one to be used only in cases of 
_ extreme familiarity, or as Senhor, Mr., and Senhora, 
_ madam, or Mrs. 


a. Until one becomes familiar with the use of these 
_ terms the safest rule is to use Senhor and Senhora. 
0b. In writing, these words are abbreviated as indicated 
at § 147. 

c. Ordinarily eu, J, is not used as in English, but is 
sometimes placed before or even after the verb for the 





_ sions as va chamar elle instead of va chama-lo; or visitar-lhe instead 
_ of visita-lo. A Brazilian scholar observes: “assim o pobre o vai 
_ perdendo terreno.” 


58 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


sake of emphasis or clearness. The same is true of tu, 
thou, elle, he, ella, she, nos, we. Para ti sonhava eu 
sonhos de gloria, for thee I dreamed dreams of glory. 

d. Vos, you, is only used in very formal discourses, 
and as a vocative in prayers, etc. It is not used collo- 
quially as in English. (See § 66.) Tu, thou, is also used 
as a vocative. 


REFLEXIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 


67. Reflexive. — The reflexive forms of the per- 
sonal pronouns are: 


me, a mim me, to me 

te, a ti thee, to thee 

se, a Si himself, to himself 

nos, a nos us, to us 

vos, a vos you, to you 

se, a Si themselves, to themselves 


TuirD PERSON 
Singular and Plural 


Direct object se himself, herself, itself, them- 
selves. 
Indirect object si, se to himself, herself, itself, or 
themselves 
comsigo with himself, herself, itself, 
themselves 
68. Duplication. — Duplication is common in 


classic Portuguese. By its use attention is redirected 
to an idea. Que me importa a mim a gloria? In 
what does glory concern me? or what is glory to me? 
Aconteceu-me a mim, 2t happened to ME. 


ee 


- = 


PRONOUNS ae 


Such expressions do not admit of literal trans- 
lations into English. 


69. Syntax of the Personal Pronouns.!— The per- 
sonal pronouns are used both as direct and indirect 
objects: 


Direct: elle me reprehendeu, he reprehended me. 
Indirect: elle me deu o livro, he gave me the book. 


70. The same thing occurs with the other pro- 
nouns, except that in the third person the indirect 
object is expressed by lhe, while the direct is 0, a, 
os, and as. 


Direct: reprehendeu-—o, he reprehended him. 
Indirect: deu-lhe o livro, he gave him (or her) the 


_ book. 


71. The direct object is used after transitive verbs, 
the indirect after intransitives: vi-o, J saw him, 
obedeci—lhe, I obeyed him (or her). 


72. The pronouns me, te, se, lhe, nos, vos, and o 
are called proclitic, mesoclitic, or enclitic according 


1 Some grammarians make a sort of bugbear of the position of 
the pronouns. This is due in part, at least, to the somewhat different 
usages in Portugal and: Brazil. In Portugal, for example, they 
would say: espero que me faga o favor, J hope you can do me the 
favor, and nao se lembrou do recado, he did not remember the mes- 


_ sage; while in Brazil they might use these identical expressions or 


they might say espero que faca me o favor and n4o lembrou-se do 


_ recado. However, aside from the simple rules here given, the position 
of the pronoun is a matter of phonetics rather than of rules of 
_ grammar. 


60 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


as they precede, are inserted within, or follow the 
verb. 
a. They precede the verb (are proclitic): 
1. In negative sentences: nféo me fale; nao o 
creio. 
2. In phrases depending upon que, o qual, quem, 
cujo: quem o chamou; a mulher que se ama. 
3. In certain popular expressions: Deus me livre; 
o diabo te leve. 
4. When used with the conjunctions que, porque, 
and pois que, the rule has many exceptions. 
b. They are inserted in the verb between the stem 
and termination (are mesoclitic) in the future indicative 
and conditional: dir—the—ei, J will tell him, instead of 
direi-lhe; dir—se-ia, instead of diria—se, it would be said. 
c. They always follow the verb (are enclitic) at the 
beginning of a phrase: resta—me agradecer—lhe; diga—me; 
faca—me o favor. 
d. In the mescoclitics and enclitics the pronoun is 
separated from the verb by a hyphen or hyphens. 
e. The enclitics do not affect the position of the ac- 
cents of the verbs. 


73. When two pronouns come before a verb, the 
subject precedes: mandou que tu lhe entregasse o 
livro, he directed that you should give him the book. 


74. Se and si refer to the subject: Pedro falou de 
si, Pedro spoke of himself. Vocé quer tudo para si, 
you want everything for yourself. Leve a espingarda 
comsigo, take the gun with you. (For the use of the 
reflexive pronoun with verbs see § 126.) 


1 





C—O 





PRONOUNS oT ee 


75. Comparison. — After terms of comparison the 
nominative pronoun is used: mais serio que eu, more 
servous than I. 


POSSESSIVES 
(See Exercise XVI, page 136) 


76. The possessive pronouns are inflected like 
adjectives and agree in gender and number with the 
object possessed. They all take a in the feminine 
and s in the plural. 


PossESSIVE PRONOUNS 


Singular Plural 
MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH 

meu minha meus minhas my, mine 

teu tua teus tuas thy, thine 
his, her, hers 

seu sua seus suas its, their 
theirs 

nosso nossa nossos nossas our, ours 

vosso vossa Vossos vossas your, yours 


77. Inasmuch as the third person is used in direct 
address, seu, sua, seus, and suas are generally used 
in place of vosso, etc., for your and yours: a casa é 
sua, the house is yours. 


Possession is also expressed by the use of a 
preposition as a casa é d’elle, the house is his; a casa 
é d’elles, the house 1s theirs. 


79. The place of the possessive is before the noun 
as in English: meu cavallo, my horse. 


Be: PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


80. In certain cases the possessive placed after 
the noun is equivalent to the personal pronoun with 
de: noticias tuas (de ti), news of (about) you. Im- 
portant distinctions of this kind are illustrated by 
the example: saudades tuas means saudades for you, 
while tuas saudades means the saudades you have 
for some one else. 


81. Possessives are not used with parts of the 
body as in English: cortou-me o braco, he cul my 
arm, is used instead of cortou meu braco. In some 
cases the possessives are omitted as in English, as: 
venho de casa is used instead of venho de minha 
casa, I come from home; vou para casa, I am going 
home. 


82. At the same time the bold use of the possessive 
is occasionally emphatic: estou na minha casa, J am 
in my own house; deixa—me com a minha dér, leave 
me with my grief. 


83. The possessive seu, sua, seus, suas, his, her 
or your, is used also idiomatically and colloquially 
to. express uncertain value or quantity: tem seus 
vinte annos, he (or she) is about twenty years old. 

The possessives may be replaced by various forms 
of the personal pronouns, and sometimes such ex- 
pressions are considered more elegant. 

(For the use of the article before possessives see 


S$ 16.) 


DEMONSTRATIVES 63 


DEMONSTRATIVES 
(See Exercise XVII, page 137) 


84. The demonstrative pronouns may be used 
either with or without their nouns. When used with 
them they precede the nouns, agreeing with them 
in gender and number. 


Singular Plural 
MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH 
este esta estes estas { this 
esse essa esses essas ( these 
aquelle aquella aquelles aquelias that, those 


85. Isso, isto, and aquillo are neutral forms of the 
demonstratives used to refer to a preceding idea, 
expression, or subject, and may be regarded as 
equivalents of essa cousa or essas cousas, esta 
cousa, aquella cousa. ‘They have neither feminine 
nor plural forms, nor are they used to refer to persons 
or animals. 


86. The difference between este and esse in their 
various forms is that the first is used to refer to that 
which is near the speaker, while the second refers 
to that which is near the person addressed. 


87. The forms 0, a, os, as, are identical with the 
definite articles in forms, sounds, and origins. They 
are used as the equivalents of aquelle, aquella, 
aquelles, aquellas when followed by a determining 
expression: a provincia de Minho é a que tem mais 


_ vegetacao entre as de Portugal. Literally, the pro- 


64 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


vince of Minho is that which has most vegetation among 
those of Portugal. 


88. When these forms are preceded by the prepo- 
sition a they combine with it forming ao, aos, 4, and 
as as do the definite articles. Preceded by em they 
similarly form no, na, nos, nas, and preceded by 
per they form pelo, pela, pelos, and pelas. 


DETERMINATIVES 


89. The determinatives have gender and number 
except tal which has no gender distinction: 


Singular Plural 
MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH 
outro outra outros outras other 
mesmo mesma mesmos mesmas same, self 
tanto tanta tantos tantas so many, as 
‘ many 
tal tal taes taes such 


Outrem is an invariable form meaning outra 
pessoa or outras pessoas. 


90. The demonstrative pronouns este, esse, 
aquelle, etc., with outro form est’outro, ess outro, 
aquell’outro with the corresponding feminine and 
plural forms. 


91. Um e outro (literally one and other), means both. 


92. Mesmo means same and self as here illus- 


trated: a mesma cousa, the same thing; 0 mesmo. 


homem, the same man. It is used in connection with 


the personal pronouns to mean self: eu mesmo, [ my- — 


— 








INTERROGATIVES 65 


self, ella mesma, she herself; elles mesmos, they 
themselves, ete. 

It is also used in such expressions as 6 mesmo, 
that is true, it is just so. 


93. Mesmissimo is an augmentative form of 
mesmo meaning precisely or exactly the same; é a 
_ mesmissima cousa, it is precisely the same thing. 

Um tal means such a one. Que tal? how is this? 
what do you think of this? Tal qual means just so. 
E tal qual, zt is just so, it is just as you say; nao ha 
tal, it is not true, it is no such thing; nao ha tal lugar, 
there ts no such place. 


94. Fulano de tal is a name used for any fictitious 
person; it is often equivalent to the English John 
Doe or to Mr. What’s-his-name. Fuao, Beltrano, and 
_Sicrano are similarly used. 


INTERROGATIVES 
(See Exercise XVIII, page 138) 


95. The interrogatives are: 


que? o que? what? que homens? what men? 
quem? who? — quem é? who is it? 
qual? which? qual d’elles? which of them? 


It is not considered elegant nowadays to begin an 
interrogation with o que. Que tem? what have you? 
(Not 0 que tem?) 


66 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


RELATIVES 
(See Exercise XIX, page 139) 


96. Of the relative pronouns quem refers to per- 
sons only; the other forms refer to either persons or 
things. They are 


que, who, what, that (no gender) 
quem, who, whom 

qual, pl. quaes, which 

cujo, f. cuja, pl. cujos, cujas, whose 


97. O que, o qual, a qual, os quaes, and as quaes, 
literally, the which, mean what or that. These latter 
forms are used when the antecedent needs to be 
made clear or prominent. A gloria de Deus a qual 
nao se péde escurecer, the glory of God which cannot, 
etc. O livro que esta lendo, the book you are reading; 
but o livro da bibliotheca o qual esta lendo, the book 
of the library (the) which you are reading. 


98. Where quem would follow sem, o qual is used 
instead for the sake of euphony: sem o qual nao 
deve, without which you should not. 


99. Cujo is equivalent to do qual, and is followed 
immediately by the object possessed: O soldado 
cujo cavallo foi morto, the soldier whose horse was 


killed. 


a. Cujo without antecedent and the object possessed 
is a classic but archaic form of expression: cujo é esta 
casa? whose house is this? Instead one would now say: 


de quem é esta casa? Literally, of whom is this house? 


INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 67 


-INDEFINITE 
(See Exercise XX, page 140) 


100. The indefinite pronouns may be classified 
as nouns or adjectives. 3 


a. The nouns are: 


al (invariable), something else, the rest. (But little used.) 
alguem (invariable), some one 

algo, something, anything 

nada (invariable), nothing 

nenhum (f. nenhuma, pl. nenhuns), neither 

ninguem (invariable), no one 

qualquer, pl. quaes-quer, either, whichever 

quemquer, anybody 

tudo (invariable), all 

uns, f. umas, some 


b. Algo when used as a pronoun refers to things and 
means alguma cousa. It is sometimes used as an adverb 
meaning algum tanto: elle esta algo doente, he is some- 
what ill. 3 

c. Tudo is a neutral form of todo. When followed by 
que it requires the definite article: tudo o que elle disse. 

d. Nenhum may be used with an affirmative sense, 
and is equivalent to qualquer in the expression mais que 
nenhum, more than any one. 

e. A negative is strengthened by doubling the nega- 
tion: nao sei nada, I know nothing; nao diz nada, he says 
nothing. 

f. The adjectives are: 


algum (f. alguma, pl. alguns, algumas), some, no 
cada (um, uma); cada qual (sing. only), each, every 


68 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


certo (f. certa, pl. certos, —as), certain 

muito (f. —a, pl. muitos, —as), many 

outro (f. outra, pl. outros, —as), other 

pouco (f. —a, pl. poucos, —as), few, little 

*quanto (f. —a, pl. quantos, —as), how much, how many, 
as much as 

*tanto (f. —a, pl. tantos, —as), so much 

todo (f. —a, pl. todos, —as), all, every 


-g. *Quanto is used in correlation with tanto to mean 
as much as. Fago tanto quanto qualquer outro, J do as 
much as any one else. Quanto pagou? how much did you 
pay? Quantas vezes foi la? how often did you go there? 
Quanto antes, as soon as possible. 

h. Todo with the article means the whole; without 
the article it means every; toda cidade, every city; toda a 
cidade, all of the city. It is sometimes used as an adverb 
but retains its gender for the sake of euphony: ella esta 
toda molhada. 

7. Em quanto means while. Espera em quanto eu 
tiro uma vista, wait while I take a view. 

j. Cada qual and cada um have approximately the 
same meaning. Cada qual stands next to the verb, how- 
ever, cada um does not: cada um dos soldados andava 
or cada qual andava, each (of the soldiers) walked. 


101. When a proposition has a negative sense 
either algum may be placed after, or nenhum before 
the noun: 

oe algum podera saber 

nenhum homem podera saber | 

The first sentence is more emphatic than the 
second. 


‘no man shall know 


VERBS 69 


102. Certain idiomatic expressions have meanings 
analogous to those of the indefinite pronouns: 


seja quem for 
seja qual for 
fosse quem fosse 
quem quer que fosse 
quem quer que seja 
O que quer que é 


be who it may 
| whoever it might be 


whoever it may be 


a. De and de que are often used in the sense of some- 
thing; tenho de que comer e de beber, J have something 
to eat and to drink. 

b. The expression nao ha de que used in reply to 
obrigado, muito obrigado, etc., is equivalent to the Eng- 
lish not at all or the French pas de quot. 


VII. VERBS 


103. The Portuguese verbs are either transitive 
or intransitive, reflexive, or impersonal. They have 
voice, mood, tense, number, and person. 


CONJUGATIONS 


104. The verbs have three conjugations which 
are distinguished by the endings of the infinitives. 


EXAMPLE 
ENDING INFINITIVE -: MEANING 
First conjugation: —ar andar to walk 
Second conjugation:  -er receber to receive 


Third conjugation: ~ir punir to punish 


70 | PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


105. Regular and Irregular Verbs. — Those verbs 
which are conjugated like one of the three types are 
called regular; those which are not so conjugated, or 
lack some of the parts, are called irregular verbs. 


GENERAL TERMINATIONS OF THE REGULAR VERBS 
(See Exercise X XI, page 141) 

106. The following are the terminations of all 
the forms of the regular verbs. These are to be added 
to the roots of the verbs, except in the cases of the 
future and conditional of the indicative where the 
infinitive is used as the root. 


INDICATIVE Moop 





TENSES 1sT CONJUG. 2D CONJUG. 3D CONJUG. 
fo o o 
as es es 
a e e 
Present 4 
amos emos imos 
aes eis is 
. em em 
fava ia ia 
avas ias ias 
ava ia ia 
Imperfect 5 : : 
avamos iamos iamos 
aveis ieis ieis 
Lavam! iam iam 
(ei i i 
aste este iste 
: ou eu iu 
Preterit s 
amos emos imos 
astes estes istes 
\4ram! éram iram 


1 On the ending am and 4o see § 9b foot-note and § 108. 


TENSES 


Future 


The future endings are added to the infinitive. 


Conditional 


‘REGULAR VERBS 


lst CONJUG. 


(ei 
as 
p a 
emos 
eis 


Ao! 





fia 
ias 
ia 
iamos 
ieis 
iam 





2D CONJUG. 


ei 
as 


eis 
ao 


ia 
iamos 
ieis 
iam 


71 


3D CONJUG. 


ei 
as 


eis 
ao 


ia 

ias 

ia 
jamos 
ieis 
iam 


The conditional endings are added to the infinitive. 


Pluperfect 


Present 


Imperfect 


(ara 


aramos 
areis 
am! 





era 
eras 
era 
eramos 
ereis 
eram 


SUBJUNCTIVE Moop 


fasse 
asses 
asse 
assemos 
asseis 
lassem 





a 


esse 
esses 
esse 
éssemos 
esseis 
essem 


ira 
iras 
ira 
iramos 
iraes 


iram 


isse 
isses 
isse 
issemos 
isseis 
issem 


1 On the ending am and 4o see § 9b foot-note and § 108. 


72 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 





TENSES IsT CONJUG. 2D CONJUG. 3D CONJUG. 
(ar er ir 
ares eres ires 
Future af ve ag 
armos ermos irmos 
ardes erdes irdes 
em erem irem 


IMPERATIVE Moop 





a e e 
Present j < 
(ae ei i 
INFINITIVE 
Impersonal ar er ir 
(ar er ir 
ares eres ires 
ar er ir 
Personal . 
armos ermos irmos 
ardes erdes irdes 
\arem erem irem 
PARTICIPLES 
Pres. Part. ando endo indo 
Past Part. ado ido ido 


MODEL VERBS 


107. The tone vowels in this table are indicated 
by italics. 


INDICATIVE 
(falo (I speak devo (I owe) parto (I depart) 
falas deves partes 
fala deve parte 
ee falamos devemos partimos 
falaes deveis partis 





falam devem partem 


SE a 


rey 


sie i ee le be 


ire) ee 


Imperfect! < 


Preterit! < 


Future 


Condi- 
tional 


Pluper- 
fect 


MODEL VERBS 


(falava (I spoke 
falavas or was 
falava 
falavamos 
falaveis 
falavam 





(faler (I spoke 
falaste or have 
falow spoken) 
falémos 
falastes 

\ falaram 


( falarei (I shall 
falards' speak) 


‘ falard 


falaremos 
falareis 





falarao 
falaria (I should 


falaria speak) 
falariamos 
falarieis 

\ falariam 


Spe (I had 
faldras spoken) 
faldra 

faldramos 
faldreis 





A 
r— 


faldram 


speaking) devia 


devia (I owed 
devias 


deviamos 
devieis 
deviam 


devi (I owed) 
deveste 

deveu 
devemos 
devestes 
deveram 


deverei (I shall 
deverds owe) 
deverd 
deveremos 
devereis 
deverdo 


or was partias 
owing) partia 


73 


partia (I departed 
or was 
depart- 
part‘amos ing) 
partieis 

partiam 


parte (I de- 
partiste parted) 
partiw 
partimos 
partistes 
partiram 


partirei (I shall 
partirés depart) 
partird 
partiremos 
partireis 

partirdo 


deveria (I should partiria (I should 
falarias or would deverias or 


deveria 


would partiria 


partirias or 
would 


deveriamos owe) partiriamos de- 


deverieis 
deveriam 


devéra (I had 
devéras owed) 
devéra 
devéramos 
devéreis 
devéram 


partirieis: 
partir7am 


part) 


partira (I had 
partiras departed) 
partira 
partiramos 
partireis 

partiram 


1 The English perfect tense is represented by the imperfect and 
preterit of the Portuguese, and the discriminate use of these tenses 
in the Portuguese is one of the greatest difficulties for English speak- 
ing persons. 


74 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


The subjunctive is to be translated into English 
according to the context, by may, can, must, might, 
could, would, and should. When it is used in place 
of the imperative it is translated as a command or 
request. 


(fale (I may deva (I may parta (I may 


fales speak) devas owe) partas depart) 
Priced a fale deva parta 

falemos devdmos partamos 

faleis devaes partaes 

L falem devam partam 


( falasse (I should devesse (I should partisse (I should 
falasses speak) devesses owe) partisses depart) 


Teupetfork + falasse devesse partisse 
falassemos devéssemos partissemos 
falasseis devesseis partisseis 
falassem devessem partissem 


(falar (Ishould dever (I should partir (I should 
falares speak) deveres owe)  partires depart) 





Ene falar dever partir 
“ | falarmos devermos partirmos 
falardes deverdes partirdes 
\ falarem deverem partirem 
IMPERATIVE 
fala (speak) deve (owe) parte (depart) 
ii oy ae (pl..) devei parti 
INFINITIVE 
Imper-  ( 


koa Basi (to speak) dever (to owe) partir (to depart) 


EE 


REGULAR VERBS vgs) 





falar : dever partir 
falares deveres partires 
falar dever partir 
Personal ~ falarmos devermos partirmos 
falardes deverdes partirdes 
\ falarem deverem partirem 
PARTICIPLES 


Pres. Part.' falando (speaking) devendo (owing) partindo (depart- 
ing) 
Past Part. falado (spoken) devido (owed) partido (departed) 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE REGULAR VERBS 
(See Exercise XXII, page 142) 


108. Formerly the third person plural of the in- 
dicative present of the first conjugation ended in 4o; 
now it is written am; only the future indicative 
retains the 40 ending except in short words where 
the do is the predominant sound as so, dao, hao. 

The following changes (a. to g.) are required by 
the necessity of preserving the hard or soft sounds. 

Verbs ending in 


a. car change the c to qu before e: arrancar,”pret. 
arranquei, pres. sub. arranque; ficar, pret. fiquei. 

b. gar change the g to gu before e: apagar, apague; 
jogar, jogue; cegar, pret. ceguei; julgar, pret. julguei. 

c. ger and gir change the g to j before o and a: abran- 
ger, abranjo; fugir, fujo, fuja. 

d. guer and guir drop the u before a and o: erguer, 
ergo; distinguir, distingo (except arguir). 

e. gar drop the cedilla before e: alcangar, alcance. 


1 Some grammarians call this the gerund, 


76 : PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


f. cer change c to ¢ before a and o: adoecer, adoeco, 
adoeca. 

g. In the third conjugation verbs that have u in the 
final syllables change it to o in the present: 


consumo, 3d per. consome 


destruo, ‘“ ‘ destroe 
acudo, ‘<< -acooe 
fujo, nt 
cuspo, ‘Sf Sgospe 
engulo, ‘“ “ “engole 
tusso, ‘S~ **- (ogee 
bulo, oS 
cubro, < aeeee 
subo, <~ ** g0de 
sumo, “some 


Analogous changes are made in the first person of 
the present indicative of the following: domir be- 
comes durmo; servir, sirvo; seguir, sigo; impedir 
(formerly impido, now) impeco. 


AUXILIARY VERBS 
(See Exercise XXIII, page 143) 


109. The principal auxiliary verbs are ter, to 
have, and haver, ser, and estar, to be. These verbs, 
however, are not used exclusively as auxiliaries, — 
while other verbs are often used as such, especially 
andar and ir, to go, and vir, to come. Ando procurando 
uma casa, I am looking for a house. | 


a. Ter and haver when used with an infinitive require 
the preposition de: tenho de escrever, or hei de escrever, 


a aol ae Se ae 
‘ 


AUXILIARY VERBS T+ 


I have to write. In such uses of these verbs, ter shows 
that the thing is done by necessity, as temos de morrer, 
we must die; while haver is used to indicate that it will 
be done with certainty, or the resolution to do it. 

Ter sometimes means to have in the sense of possession, 
as tenho um cavallo, J have a horse; teve razao, he had 
reason or he was right, but it is also used as an auxiliary 
verb just as it is in English. 

b. These particular auxiliaries are often used in place 
of the regular future forms of the verbs: hei—de ir for 
irei, ha—de ir for ira, etc. The hyphen is not always used 
before the de; it may be written ha de ir. 

c. In the use of haver with the preposition de the 
latter is joined to the verb form: hei-de escrever; 
hao-—de dizer. 

d. In general ter is used more than haver. 

e. When andar is used as an auxiliary it is either 
followed by the present participle of another verb or 
by a and the infinitive, and conveys the idea that the 
subject of the first verb constantly practises the action 


_ implied by the second: José anda vadeando or José anda 


a vadear means that José is idling constantly. 
f. The verbs ir and vir followed by the present parti- 
ciple of another verb expresses the gradual realization of 


_ the action of the second verb: vou acabando, I am gradu- 
ally finishing, I am nearing the end. 


g. The verb ir followed by the infinitive expresses 


_ immediate future action: vou passear, I am going to take 


ae | 

* h. Haver is generally defined as meaning to have, but 
_ in the third person it is more nearly equivalent to the 
_verb to be. For example: nao ha agua, there is no water; 


78 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


houve um temporal, there was a storm; si houvesse tempo, 
uf there were time. ; | 

7. Ser means fo be in a permanent sense: sou Ameri- 
cano, [ am an American. It is used as an auxiliary, but 
only in the passive voice: a terra é cultivada, the land is 
cultivated.' 

7. Estar means to be, in a transitory or temporary 
sense: estou aqui, J am here; estou com fome, J am 
hungry; estou doente, J am ill; but sou doente means J 
am ill beyond recovery, that is, J am an invalid. Estou 
cego, I am blind (temporarily); sou cego, I am blind (per- 
manently). 

k. Estar is sometimes used to indicate nearness in 
point of time where ser indicates remoteness, as elle esta 
morto means he has just died, whereas elle € morto 
implies that he died long ago. Sometimes either ser or 
estar can be used with equal propriety as: é claro que or 
esta claro que, it is evident that .. . 

l. The verb estar followed by the preposition a or 
para and an infinitive means that the action of the second 
verb is to take place shortly: Carlos esta para casar, ~ 
Charles is on the point of marrying; o vapor esta a partir, 
the steamer is about to start. 

m. Estar a indicates an act in process at the time of 
the remark: ha mais de meia hora esta aquelle menino a 
chorar, for more than half an hour that boy has been crying. 

n. Vir followed by the preposition a and an infinitive 
expresses the same idea as would be expressed by the 
second verb and por fim: estas palavras veem a significar 
or estas palavras por fim significam, in the end these words 
mean, or these words amount to. 


1 For its use in expressing the time of day see § 64. 


AUXILIARY VERBS 


79 


o. The English auxiliary do has no su ane in 
Portuguese. 


CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS 


Ter! Haver! 
to have to be 
to have 
INDICATIVE 
(tenho (I have) hei 
tens has 
Present 8 ie ™ 3 
temos havemos 
tendes haveis 
\tém hao 
( tinha ([had) havia 
tinhas havias 
Imper- J tinha havia 
fect tinhamos haviamos 
tinheis havieis 
tinham haviam 
(tive (I had) houve 
tiveste houveste 
Preterit < agi neuro 
tivemos houvemos 
tivestes houvestes 
tiveram houveram 





1 For meanings see § 109. 

* Ser is an auxiliary only in the passive voice. 
mixed verb on account of its being made up of different verbs: sou, 
somos (Lat. sum, etc.); era, eramos (Lat. eram); fui, fomos (Lat. 
fui); serei, seria, seja (Lat. sedere). 

* Contracted to hemos, heis. 

‘ This was formerly written he. 

® Formerly written sam. 


Ser 
to be 


2 


sou (I am) 
és 


é' 


Estar! 
to be 


estou (I am) 


estas 
esta 
estamos 
estaes 
estao 


era (I was) estava (I was) 


eras 
era 
éramos 
ereis 
eram 


fui (I was) 
foste 

foi 

fomos 
fostes 
foram 


estavas 
estava 
estavamos 
estaveis 
estavam 


estive (I was) 
estiveste 
esteve 
estivemos 
estivestes 
estiveram 


It is called a 


80 


Future 


Condi- 
tional! - 





Pluper- 
fect! 





Present < 





Imper- 
fect 





PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


( terei 
teras 
tera 
teremos 
tereis 

\ terao 


(teria 
terias 
teria 
teriamos 
terieis 
teriam 


( tivera 
tiveras 
tivera 
tiveramos 
tivereis 
 tiveram 


(tenha 


tenhas 
tenha 
tenhamos 
tenhaes 


\ tenham 


( tivesse 


tivesses 
tivesse 
tivessemos 
tivesseis 
tivessem 


haverei 
haveras 
havera 
haveremos 
havereis 
haverao 


haveria” 
haverias 
haveria 
haveriamos 
haverieis 
haveriam 


houvera 
houveras 
houvera 
houvéramos 
houvereis 
houveram 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
haja 

hajas 

haja 

hajamos 
hajaes 

hajam 


houvesse 
houvesses 
houvesse 
houvessemos 
houvesseis 
houvessem 


serei 
seras 
sera 
seremos 
sereis 
serao 


seria 
serias 
seria 
seriamos 
serieis 
seriam 


fora 
foras 
fora 
foramos 
foreis 
foram 


seja 
sejas 
seja 
sejamos 
sejaes 
sejam 


fosse 
fosses 
fosse 
fossemos 
fosseis 
fossem . 


estarei 
estaras 
estara 
estaremos 
estareis 
estarao 


estaria 
estarias 
estaria 
estariamos 
estarieis 
estariam 


estivera 
estiveras 
estivera 
estiveramos 
estivereis 
estiveram 


esteja 
estejas 
esteja 
estejamos 
estejaes 
estejam 


estivesse 
estivesses 
estivesse 
estivessemos 
estivesseis 
estivessem 


1 See note on page 71 on the conditional and pluperfect. 
2 Contracted to hia, etc. 





AUXILIARY VERBS 





tiver houver for estiver 
tiveres houveres fores estiveres 
tiver houver for estiver . 
Future : " : 
tivermos houvermos férmos estivermos 
tiverdes houverdes fordes estiverdes 
\ tiverem houverem fo6rem estiverem 
IMPERATIVE 
(sing.) tem ha sé esta 
Present 2 " 
(pl.) tende havei séde estae 
INFINITIVE 
Imper- 
P ter haver ser estar 
sonal 
ter haver ser estar 
teres haveres seres estares 
Per- ter haver ser estar 
sonal termos havermos sermos estarmos 
terdes haverdes serdes estardes 
. terem haverem serem estarem 
PARTICIPLES 
Pres. Part. tendo havendo sendo estando 
Past Part. tido havido sido estado 


IRREGULAR VERBS 
(See Exercise XXIV, page 144) 


110. Some of the irregular verbs are so nearly 
regular that they are omitted from the following 
_ reference list of the verbs most commonly regarded 
as irregular. Such are verbs ending in ahir and air. 
_ These follow the succeeding models in the Present 
_ Indicative and Subjunctive but are otherwise regular. 


82 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


Sahir, to go out Esvair, to disperse 
INDICATIVE PRESENT INDICATIVE PRESENT 
saio esvaio 
saes esvais 
sae esvae 
sahimos esvaimos 

sahis esvais 

saem esvaem 

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT 

saia esvaia 

saias esvais 

saia esvaia 

saiamos esvaiamos 

Saiaes esvaiaes 

saiam esvaiam 


a. Notre. — The verbs sahir, cahir, and their com- 
pounds are generally written with h in those forms in 
which the sa and ca are followed by accented i or ir, 
in which cases the h is used to indicate that the a andi 
do not form diphthongs. 

b. Verbs ending in uzir take uz instead of use in the 
third person of the present indicative: produzir, to pro- 
duce, produz; reluzir, to shine, reluz. 


Reference List of the Irregular Parts of 
Irregular Verbs 


111. FIRST CONJUGATION 


Dar, to give. 
Indic. Pres. dou, das, da, damos, daes, dao. 
Pret. dei, deste, deu, demos, destes, déram. 
Plup. déra, déras, etc. 


Subj. Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 


112. 


IRREGULAR VERBS 83 
dé, dés, dé, démos, deis, déem. 


désse, désses, etc. 
dér, déres, dér, dermos, derdes, derem. 


SECOND CONJUGATION - 


Caber, to hold, contain. 


Indic. Pres. 
Pret. 
Plup. 
Subj. Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 
Crer, to believe. 
Indic. Pres. 
Subj. Pres. 
Imperative. 


Dizer, to say. 
Indic. Pres. 
Pret. 
Fut. 
Condit. 
Plup. 
Subj. Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 
Pres. Part. 


caibo, cabes, cabe, cabemos, etc. 
coube, coubeste, coube, coubemos, etc. 
coubera, couberas, etc. 

caiba, caibas, caibamos, etc. 

coubesse, coubesses, etc. 

couber, couberes, etc. 


creio, crés, cré, cremos, credes, creem. 
creia, creias, creia, creiamos, creiaes, creiem. 
cré, crede. 


digo, dizes, diz, dizemos, etc. 

disse, disseste, dissemos, etc. 

direi, diras, dira, etc. 

diria, dirias, etc. 

dissera, disseras, disseramos, etc. 
diga, digas, digamos, etc. 

dissesse, dissesses, disséssemos, etc. 
dissér, disséres, etc. 

dito. 


Norr. — The following compounds of dizer are conjugated in 


the same way: 


predizer. 


bemdizer, condizer, contradizer, maldizer and 


Estar, to be, see page 79. 


Fazer, to do, to make (Lat. facere). 


Indic. Pres. 
Pret. 
Fut. 
Condit. 
Plup. 


faco, fazes, faz, fazemos, etc. 
fiz, fizeste, fez, fizemos, etc. 
farei, faras, fara, etc. 

faria, farias, faria, fariamos, etc. 
fizera, fizeras, fizéramos, etc. 


84 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


Subj. Pres. faga, fagas, faga, fagamos, etc. 
Imp. _ fizesse, fizesses, fizesse, fizéssemos, etc. 
Fut. _ fizer, fizeres, etc. 

Past Part. feito. 


Norte. — The following compounds of fazer are similarly con- 
jugated: afazer, contrafazer, desfazer, perfazer, refazer, and 
satisfazer. 


Haver, see page 79. 


Jazer, lo lie, to repose. 
Indic. Pres.  jazo, jazes, jaz, jazemos, jazeis, jazem. 
Pret. jouve (antiquated). 
Ler, to read. 
Indic. Pres.  leio, 1és, 16, lemos, ledes, leem. 
Subj. Pres. leia, leias, leia, leiamos, leiais, leiam. 


Perder, fo lose. 
Indic. Pres. perco, perdes, perde, perdemos, etc. 
Subj. Pres. perca, percas, perca, percamos, etc. 


Poder, to be able. 
Indic. Pres. posso, podes, péde, podémos, etc. 
Pret. pude, podeste, pdde or poude, podémos, etc. 
Subj. Pres. possa, possas, possa, possamos, etc. 
Imp. podesse, podesses, podesse, etc. 
Fut. poder, poderes, etc. 
The Imperative of this verb is wanting. 


Por, to put, to place. 
This word and its compounds have the peculiar infinitive ending 
or;' it is, however, only a modification of its ancient form poer. 


Indic. Pres. ponho, pdes, pde, pomos, pondes, péem. 
Pret. pus, poseste, pds, posémos, posesetes, poseram.” 
Fut. _porei, poras, pora, poremos, poreis, porao. 


1 Some grammarians regard por and its compounds as a fourth 
conjugation. 


2 In these forms Bento José de Oliveira in his Nova Gramatica 


Portuguesa, ed. of 1904, uses u instead of 0, os: — puseste, pusera, 
pusesse. 


OE 


IRREGULAR VERBS 85 


Imper. punha, punhas, punha, punhamas, punheis, punham. 
Condit. poria, porias, poria, poriamos, etc. 
Plup. posera, poseras, etc.! 

Subj. Pres. ponha, ponhas, ponhamos, etc. 
Imp. possese, posesses, posessemos, etc.’ 

, Fut. poser, poseres, posermos, etc. 
Pres. Part.  pondo. 
Past Part. pésto. 


Similarly are conjugated the compounds antepér, oppér, compér, 
contrapér, dispér, impor, etc. 


Prazer, to please (Impersonal). 
Indic. Pres.  praz. 
Pret. prouve. 
Plup. prouvera. 
Subj. Imp. prouvesse. 
Fut. —_— prouvera. 


Querer, to wish. 
Indic. Pres. quero, queres, quer, queremos, etc. 
Pret. quis, quiseste, quis, quisemos, etc., or 
quiz, quizeste, quiz, quizemos, etc. 
Plup. quisera, quiseras, quiseramos, etc. 
Subj. Pres. queira, queiras, queiramos, etc. 
Imp. quisesse, quisesses, quiséssemos, etc. ~ 
Fut. quiser, quiseres, quisermos, etc. 


This verb has no Imperative form and the Subjunctive is used 
in its stead. 


Requerer, fo request. 
Indic. Pres. requeiro, requeres, requer, requeremos, etc. 
Subj. Pres. requeiras, etc. 
Imperative. requere, requerei. 


Saber, to know. 


Indic. Pres. sei, sabes, sabe, sabemos, etc. 
Pret. soube, soubeste, soube, soubémos, etc. 


1 In these forms Bento José de Oliveira in his Nova Gramatica 
Portuguesa, ed. of 1904, uses u instead of 0, os: — puseste, pusera, 
pusesse. 


86 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


Subj. Pres. saiba, saibas, saibamos, saibaes, etc. 
Imp. soubesse, soubesses, soubessemos, etc. 
Fut.. souber, souberes, etc. 


Ser, to be. See page 79. 
Ter, to have. See page 79. 


The following compounds of ter are similarly conjugated: abster, 
ater, conter, deter, entreter, manter, obster, reter, and suster. 


Trazer, to bring. 

Indic. Pres. trago, trazes, traz, trazemos, etc. 
Pret.  trouxe, trouxeste, trouxemos, etc. 
Plup. trouxera, trouxeras, trouxéramos, etc. 
Fut.  trarei, traras, trara, etc. 
Condit. traria, trarias, trariamos, etc. 

Subj. Pres. traga, tragas, tragamos, tragaes, etc. 
Imp. trouxesse, trouxesses, trouxessemos, etc. 
Fut. —_ trouxer, trouxeres, etc. 


Valer, to be worth. 
Indic. Pres. valho, vales, vale, valemos, etc. 
Subj. Pres. valha, valhas, valhamos, valhaes, etc. 


Ver, to see (Lat. videre). 
Indic. Pres. vejo, vés, vé, vemos, védes, véem. 
Pret. vi, viste, viu, vimos, vistes, viram. 
Plup. vita, viras, viramos, vireis, etc. 
_ Subj. Pres. veja, vejas, vejamos, vejaes, etc. 
Imp. _ visse, visses, vissemos, etc. 
Fut. vir, vires, virmos, etc. 
Past Part. — visto. 
Similarly conjugated are the compoundes antever, entrever, 
prever and rever. 


113. THIRD CONJUGATION 
Despedir, Expedir. See Pedir below. 
Frigir, to fry. 


Indic. Pres.  frijo, friges, frege, frigimos, frigis, fregem. 
Past Part.  frigido and frito. 


IRREGULAR VERBS 87 


Ir,! to go. 

Indic. Pres. vou, vaes, vae, vamos, or imos, ides, vao. 
Pret. fui, foste, foi, f6mos, fostes, f6ram. 
Fut.  irei, iras, ira, iremos, ireis, irdo. 
Imp. _ ia, ias, ia, iamos, ieis, iam. 
Condit. iria, irias, iria, iriamos, etc. 
Plup. fora, féras, fora, fo6ramos, etc. 

Subj. Pres. va, vas, va, vamos, vades, vao. 
Imp.  fdsse, fosses, fosse, f6ssemos, etc. 
Fut. for, fores, for, etc. 

Imper. Pres. vae, ide. 

Pres. Part. indo. 

Past Part. ido. 


Medir, to measure. 
Indic. Pres. mego, medes, mede, medemos, medem. 
Subj. Pres. mega, mecas, mega, mecamos, etc. 


Ouvir, to hear. 
Indic. Pres. ougo, ouves, ouve, ouvimos, ouvis, ouvem. 
Subj. Pres. ouga, oucgas, ouga, ougamos, oucaes, oucgam. 


Pedir, to ask. 

Indic. Pres. pego, pedes, pede, pedimos, etc. 

Subj. Pres. pega, pecas, peca, pecamos, pecaes, pecam. 

The compounds despedir and impedir are conjugated in the same 
way. 


Remir,’ to redeem. 
Indic. Pres. redimo, redimes, redime, remimos, remis, redimem. 
Subj. Pres. redima, redimas, redima, redimamos, etc. 


Rir, to laugh. 
Indic. Pres. rio, ris, ri, rimos, rides, riem. 
Subj. Pres. ria, rias, ria, riamos, riaes, riam. 


1 This is really a defective verb made up of parts of three dif- 
ferent verbs: ir, irmos, irdes, etc., from the Latin ire; vou, vaes 
vao, etc. from the Latin vadere; fui, fosse, fér, etc., from fui of the 
verb ser. 

_ * Remir and redimir are forms of the same verb. 


88 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


Vir, to come. 

Indic. Pres. venho, vens, vem, vimos, vindes, vém. 
Pret. vim, vieste, veio, viemos, viestes, vieram. 
Imp.  vinha, vinhas, vinha, vinhamos, vinheis, etc. 
Plup.  viera, vieras, vieramos, viereis, etc. 

Subj. Pres. venha, venhas, venhamos, etc. 
Imp.  viesse, viesses, viéssemos, etc. 
Fut. vier, vieras, viermos, etc. 

Past Part.  vindo. 


In the same way are conjugated the compounds: advir, avir—se, 
contravir, convir, desavir, intervir, sobrevir. 


VARIABLE PARTICIPLES OF REGULAR VERBS 
(See Exercise XXV, page 145) 


114, Many verbs that are otherwise regular have 
two forms of the past participle. These participles 
are not always interchangeable, however, as will be 
seen from the following examples: 


Naquelle tempo ja meu irmao era morto, at that time 
my brother was already dead. 

Naquelle tempo j4 meu irm4ao tinha morrido, at that 
time my brother had already died. 

Muitos povos eram sujeitos a Roma, many people 
were subject to Rome. 

Roma tinha sujeitado muitos povos, Rome had sub- 
jected many people. 


In general when a verb has two forms of the past 
participle one of them is commonly used in the active 
voice and the other in the passive voice as in the 
examples above; some of them, however, are used 
in either voice, though preference is generally given 


VARIABLE PARTICIPLES 89 


to the short forms: elle tem gasto, pago, ganho. It 
should be observed that one form is regular and the 
other irregular or rather contracted. 


115. List of Verbs having Two Forms of the Past 
Participle. — [In this list (a.) indicates that the pre- 
ceding form is used in the active voice, (p.) that it is 
used in the passive, (a. and p.) that it is used in both 
voices. | 


FIRST CONJUGATION 


acceitar, to accept 
assentar, to sit 


dispersar, to disperse 


entregar, to deliver 
enxugar, to dry 


expressar, to express 


expulsar, to expel 
fartar, to satiate 
findar, to finish 
ganhar, to gain 
gastar, to spend 
isentar, to exempt 
juntar, to collect 
limpar, to clean 
matar, to kill 
occultar, to hide 
pagar, to pay 
salvar, to save 
soltar, to loose 
sujeitar, to subject 


acceitado (a. p.) 
assentado (a. p.) 
dispersado (a. p.) 
entregado (a. p.) 
enxugado (a. p.) 
expressado (a. p.) 
expulsado (a.) 
fartado (a ) 
findado (a. p.) 
ganhado (a. p.) 
gastado (a.) 
isentado (a.) 
juntado (a. p.) 
limpado (a.) 
matado (a.) 
occultado (a. p.) 
pagado? (a.) 
salvado (a. p.) 
soltado (a.) 
sujeitado (a. p.) 


acceito (p.) 
assento (p.) 
disperso (p.) 
entregue (p.) 
enxuto (p.) 
expresso (p.) 
expulso (p.) 
farto (p.) 
findo (p.) 
ganho (a. p.) 
gasto (a. p.) 
isento (p.) 
junto (a. p.) 
limpo (a. p.) 
morto (a. p.)! 
occulto (p.) 
pago (a. p.) 
salvo (a. p.) 
solto (p.) 
sujeito (p.) 


1 The form morto is usurped from the verb morrer, fo die. 
* Pagado is now quite antiquated. 


90 


116. 


accender, to set fire 


eleger, to elect 


envolver, to involve 


prender, to take 


suspender, to suspend 


PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


SECOND CONJUGATION ! 


accendido (a. p.) 
elegido (a.) 
envolvido (a. p.) 
prendido (a.) 
suspendido (a. p.) 


acceso (p.) 
eleito (a. p.) 
envolto (a. p.) 
preso (p.) 
suspenso (p.) 


117. THIRD CONJUGATION 

abrir, to open abrido ” (a.) aberto (a. p.) 
erigir, to erect eregido (a. p.) erecto (p.) 
extinguir, to extinguish extinguido (ca. p.) extincto (p.) 
frigir, to fry frigido (a.) frito (a. p.) 
‘imprimir, to print imprimido (a. p.) impresso (a. p.) 
tingir, to dye tingido (a.) tinto (p.) 


118. There are still other verbs having two forms 


of the past participle: 


afeicoar, to fashion afeicoado afecto 
annexar, to annex annexado annexo 
ignorar, to ignore ignorado ignoto 
manifestar, to manifest | manifestado manifesto 
sepultar, to bury sepultado sepulto” 
suspeitar, to suspect suspeitado suspeito 
absolver, to absolve absolvido absolto 
absorver, to absorb absorbido absorto 
extender, to extend extendido extenso 
torcer, to twist torcido torto 
contrahir, to contract contrahido contracto 
extrahir, to extract extrahido extracto 
opprimir, to oppress opprimido oppresso 
reprimir, to repress reprimido represso 
ssubmergir, to submerge submergido submerso 


1 Grammarians often give escrevido here as a regular participle 
from escrever, but as a matter of fact the word is not used. 

? Used only in the compound form desabrido. 

3 Sepulto used only in compound form insepulto. 


SUBJECTS OF VERBS 91 


DEFECTIVE VERBS 
(See Exercise X XVI, p. 146) 


119. In addition to those already mentioned in 
the list of irregular verbs, the following verbs are 
defective: 


(advir 1 
colorir 
descommedir-—se 


me ; These verbs are used only in 
empedernir 


; > the forms in which the i. of 
netdeears the infinitive occurs 
fallir ‘ 


s 


a 


florir 
renhir 
\retorquir 








II. Precaver, to prevent, fremir, to roar, and soer, to 
be accustomed, are only used in the forms in which the 
roots precav, frem, and so are followed by e or i: pre- 
caves, precavia. 


THE SUBJECTS OF VERBS 
(See Exercise XX VI, page 146) 


120. In the main verbs agree with their subjects 
in number and person as they do in English, but 
such a general rule is not always applicable in Por- 
tuguese. The following rules cover the most im- 

_ portant cases in which there is a departure from 
_ English usage. 


92 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


a. In case of compound subjects the verb may be 
plural as in English, as o sol e a lua sao brilhantes; 
but in certain cases it is singular, as follows: 


b. It is singular when a gradation is emphasized: 
uma palavra, um gesto, um olhar bastava. 

c. It is singular when an enumeration ends with tudo, 
nada, nenhum, ninguem or cada um. O ouro, os dia- 
mantes, e as perolas tudo é terra e da terra. 

d. It is singular when the.compound subject follows 
the verb: passara o céo eaterra. In case of proper names 
it is considered better for the verb to be plural: do 
mesmo pai nasceram Esau e Jacob. 

e. Infinitives and phrases take the verb in the singular: 
perdoar erros e engrandecer bons intentos é de espirito 
generoso. 

f. In case of contrasts the verb is plural: amar, ag- 
gravar, e empecer nao se compadecem. 

g. The following have the verb either singular or 
plural indifferently: um e outro, nem um nem outro, 
mais de um. Um e outro quer morrer. Um e outro 
fugiram. 

h. In certain idiomatic expressions singular subjects 
appear to have plural verbs. (1) Nos € que somos 
patriotas. In this sentence nos é que may, however, be 
regarded as an adverbial expression. Some grammarians 
regard it as analytically equivalent to que nés somos 
patriotas é (facto). (2) Tudo sao trevas; o mundo sao 
homens. 

i. Similarly a first person may be used with a verb of 
the third person: eu é que digo adeus,.zt is I who say 
good-by. 

7. When one subject is in the first person and another 


IMPERSONAL VERBS 93 


is of the second or third, the verb is first person plural. 
Eu e tu temos, the eu and tu being equivalent to nds. 
Nem eu nem voés sabemos como nasce amor, literally, 
neither I nor you, (that is, we) do not know how love 
begins. 

k. When one subject is in the second person and an- 
other is in the third, the verb is second person plural. 
Tu e Carlos estaes bons, you and Carlos are good. 


121. Impersonal Verbs.! — (See Exercise X XVII, 
page 147.) Impersonal verbs are used only in the 
third person. The English impersonal 7 is not sepa- 
rately expressed in this impersonal use. 


Examples: ha homens sabios, there are wise men; 
houve festas, there were feasts (festivities); faz calor, i 
is warm; faz uma semana hoje, it 7s a week to-day. é facil, 
it is easy; @ justo, it is just; € bem que, 7 is well that; 
é preciso, it is necessary; sao duas horas, it 2s two o'clock; 
dizem, they say. Other forms especially characteristic 
of the-Portuguese, but used in various tenses, are: 


acontece, it happens 

apraz—me, it pleases me 

basta, it is enough 

carece, it is necessary, there is need that 

chega, that will do 

convem, it is well, it suits 

cumpre, it is necessary: cumpre dizel—o, it must be said 
custa, it costs: custa dormir, it is hard to sleep 


1 These verbs are sometimes called ‘ unipersonal’”’ in Portu- 
guese, for their forms are not always confined to the third person. 
For example, haver, ser, and fazer and others have all the persons. 


94 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


dar-se, to happen: deu-se esse facto, this is what 
happened 

é, era, foi, etc., from ser (§ 109), it is, was, ete. 

faz, fazia, fez, from fazer (§ 112), it is, was, ete. 

fica, it remains, rests, is, etc., as fica combinado, it is 
agreed 

ha, havia, houve, from haver (§ 109), there is, there 
are, there was, there has been 

importa, it matters 

parece, it seems 

praz—me, it pleases me, I am pleased 

urge, it is urgent 

resta, it remains 


a. There are also the usual forms expressing regia 
tions of nature, such as chove, 7 rains. 

b. The impersonal verbs are often used in the passive 
voice, as alli se vive sem desejo, there one lives without 
desire; diz—se que, it is said that; precisa—se de um criado, 
a servant is wanted. 


122. Prepositions Required by Verbs. — Some 
verbs are followed by certain prepositions, such as 
a, até, com, de, em, para, por, sobre, in their various 
forms. Some of these usages correspond to the Eng- 
lish, but most of them do not. Only a few of the 
cases where the usage differs from English are given 
here. 


a. A, to, of, is used after perguntar, prohibir, and 
perdoar: perguntou ao medico, he asked the physician; — 
prohibiu ao moco, he forbade the youth. Eu perd6o a 
quantos me fizeram mal, J forgive all those who have ill 


PREPOSITIONS WITH VERBS 95 


used me. A is used with the infinitive when it is the 
object of a verb, as explained at § 123d. 

b. The use of a after querer determines the meaning 
of the verb: querer a alguma pessoa is to esteem or love 
some one, while querer alguma cousa is to desire something. 

c. Até, to, at, is used after chegar and ir: fui até a 
cidade, J went as far as the city. 

d. Com, with, is used after estar, to be, ter, to have, 
and casar, to marry; estou com fome, J am hungry; 
estou com frio, J am cold; fui ter com elle, J went to have 
an interview with him; casou com a filha de T, he married 
the daughter of T. 

e. De, of, is used after: 


approveitar—se, to improve the opportunity 


cessar, to cease , gostar, to like 
depender, to depend morrer, to die 
deixar, to leave precizar, to need 


and after certain reflexive forms, such as, 


lembrar-se, to remember esquecer-se, to forget 
and verbs implying motion from. Examples: 


Gosto de café, I like coffee 

Morre de fome e de frio, he is dying of hunger and cold 
Deixa de asneiras, stop your folly 

Lembrou-se da occasiao, he remembered the occasion 


For de before an infinitive objective, see § 123f. 
f. Classic writers use de with several other verbs, 
such as, 
d’esta agua nao beberei, I shall not drink of this 
water; 


d’este pao nao comerei, I shall not eat of this 
bread. 


96 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


g. Em, in, is used after estar: o dono esta em casa? 
‘is the proprietor at home? 

h. Para, for, to, is used after certain verbs implying 
motion towards: ir, partir, vir, buscar, olhar, and deitar: 
Vou para casa, I am going home 
Partiu para Lisboa, he has gone to Lisbon 
Olhe para ca, look this way 
A janella deita para o rio, the window opens toward 

the river 

2. Note. — On the other hand several verbs which in 
English are followed by prepositions do not require 
prepositions in Portuguese. Such are: 

Agradecer, to thank for: agradecgo—lhe o presente, I 
thank you for the present. 

Almogar, to breakfast on: almogou peixe, he break- 
fasted on fish. 

Calcar, to put on (the feet): calcei chinellas, I put on 
slippers. 

Cear, to sup on: ceou cha, he supped on tea. 

Falar, to speak of: falou politica, he talked about 
politics. 

Subir, to climb up: subiu a serra, he climbed up the 
mountain. 

Vestir, to put on: vesti o paleté, I put on the coat. 


OBJECTS OF VERBS 
(See Exercise XX VIII, page 148) 
123. The objects of verbs differ in the following 
respects from usages in English: 


a. When the direct object of a verb is a person or 
living being, that name is preceded by the preposition a, 


OBJECTS OF VERBS 97 


to, especially when it is necessary to distinguish the ob-. 
ject from the subject. Ama a Deus, love God; a Pompeu 
venceu Cesar, Cesar overcame Pompey; elle subjugou 
ao tigre, he overcame the tiger. But when the object is an 
animal other than man the a, to, may be omitted as 
subjugou o tigre. 

b. When the direct object precedes the verb or when 
ambiguity is possible, the preposition a, to, precedes the 
object: vence o dia 4 noite or 4 noite vence o dia, day 
overcomes night. ; 

c. When the direct object is one of the pronouns mim, 
ti, si, elle, a, nos, vos, elles, and os they are preceded 
by the preposition a: elle os colheu.a mim e n@o a ti. 

d. When the direct object is an infinitive the following 
verbs take the preposition a: aprender, comecar, ensinar, 
principiar. Example: ensinou a falar. 

e. These verbs, when followed by the infinitive deno- 
ting the beginning of action, require a: comegar, deitar, 
entrar, meter, desatar, botar. Comecou a escrever, he 
began to write; deitaram a fugir, they began to flee. 

f. When the direct object of a verb is an infinitive, 
certain of these verbs when signifying the beginning, 
continuation or cessation of action, take de before that 
infinitive. These verbs are: acabar, arrancar, cessar, 
comecar, continuar, deixar, tomar, travar. Example: 
acabou de escrever, he has done writing; comecei de (or 
a) almogar, J began to breakfast. 


SPECIAL USES OF VERBS 
(See Exercise XXVIII, page 148) 


124. a. To express existence in its various phases, 
besides estar and ser, many verbs are used. Some of 


98 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


these are here illustrated: acho—-me doente, literally, I 
find myself ill; sinto-me envelhecido, literally, I feel 
myself grown old; viu-se empobrecido, literally, he saw 
himself impoverished; anda alegre, literally, he goes joyous, 
that is, he is happy. 

b. Certain verbs are combined to express movement 
and perception: ouvi cantar, I heard (him) sing; vi sahir, 
I saw (him) go out; mandei fazer, I ordered made; fiz 
concertar, I had (it) mended. 

c. When a participle is used as an adjective it is often 
followed by de: cercada e ornada de flores, surrounded 
and decorated with flowers. ‘This is especially true of. the 
verbs acompanhar, seguir, preceder, cercar, forrar, 
cobrir, pintar, fazer, vestir. 


‘Some grammarians explain the use of de in these 
instances as part of elliptical phrases. 


PERIPHRASTIC VERB PHRASES 
(See Exercise X XIX, page 149) 


125. The Portuguese has periphrastic active, 
and passive verb phrases formed by the aid of 
auxiliaries. (See auxiliaries § 109). 


a. Periphrastic active phrases are made by placing the 
required forms of ter, to have (see page 79), before the 
perfect participle masculine singular of the main verb: 
tenho escrito a carta, J have written the letter. 


tenho escrito, I have written 
tens escrito, thou hast written 
tem escrito, he (she) has written 
temos escrito, we have written 


eee 


REFLEXIVE VERBS 99 


b. Periphrastic passive phrases are formed by the use 
of ser or estar, to be, and the participle of the main verb 
which must agree with the subject. (See notes on ser 
and estar on page 78.) 


Tenho sido transportado, I have been carried 

José foi morto, José was killed 

Maria estava molhada pela chuva, Maria was wet by 
the rain 


c. The active voice is often used where the passive 
would be used in English. Mandou preparar o jantar, 
he ordered dinner to be prepared. Mandei trazer um livro, 
I ordered a book to be brought. E de suppor, é de ver, é 
de crer are all translatable only in passive forms. 

d. Progressive phrases are formed by the use of estar, 
to be, ficar, to remain, ir, to go, and some others with the 
present participle of the main verb. Estou fallando, I 
am speaking; fica sabendo que —, know that —. 


REFLEXIVE VERBS) 
(See Exercise XXX, page 150) 


126. The reflexive verbs are conjugated ‘by con- 
necting the reflexive pronouns me, te, se, nos, and 
vos with the verb: nao me metto nisto, J do not 
meddle in this affair; va se deitar, go lie down; va se 
embora, go away: 


a. A certain force and grace are sometimes imparted 
by the use of reflexive forms even when the verb is in- 
transitive. Ella morre de tristeza, she is dying of grief, is 
grammatically correct, but ella se morre de tristeza is a 


'_ more expressive way to say the same thing owing to the 


attention called to the subject by the use of se. 


100 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


b. Certain verbs are much used in the reflexive sense: 
queixar-—se, to complain, and arrepender-se, to repent, are 
used only in the reflexive forms; despedir—se, to take 
leave, and calar-—se, to hush, are used in both the active. 
and reflexive forms, but the active forms have different 
meanings. 

_¢c. Neuter or impersonal reflexives with me, se, etc., 
are much used: me dizem or dizem-—me, they tell me; 
me parece or parece—me, it seems to me. 

d. The reflexive verbs do not take as objects the pro- 
nouns 0, a, OS, as. 


IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE 
(See Exercise XX XI, page 151) 


127. Colloquially the imperative is not so much 
used as the subjunctive which is used in its place. 
Thus fale (subj. pres.) com ella would be used in 
place of fala (imper.) com ella, speak to her; the latter 
is regarded as less polite, possibly because fala has 
tu (understood) as its subject, while fale has for its 
subject o Senhor, vocé, etc. For the same reason 
tenha paciencia (subj.), have patience, is used in place 
of tem paciencia (imper.).' Preste (not presta) 
attencgao, pay attention. 


a. It is especially to be noted that when there is a 
negative the subjunctive should be used instead of the 
imperative: nao deva, you ought not (not nao deve); 
nao me fale (subj.), don’t talk to me (not nao me fala, 
imperative). 


1 One often hears tenha a paciencia, which is correct when the 
sentence has a complement, as tenha a paciencia de ler esta carta. 


SUBJUNCTIVE AND INDICATIVE 101 


b. One of the most common errors in Portuguese is the 
use of the present indicative in place of the imperative 
(or subjunctive). The following are examples: Traz—me 
um copo d’agua, should be traze—me (or traga—me) um 
copo d’agua, fetch me a glass of water; diz a seu pai que, 

should be dize a teu pai (or diga a seu pai) que, tell your 
father that; traduz este carta, should be traduze esta 
carta, translate this letter. 


THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND THE INDICATIVE 


128. In certain dependent sentences the subjunc- 
tive or the indicative is used according to circum- 
stances. When the fact is doubtful the subjunctive 
is used, otherwise the indicative: 


E incerto que venha, it is uncertain about his coming. 
E certo que vem, it is certain that he is coming. 
Nao conheco pintor que faca este quadro, I know no 
painter who could make this picture. 
-N4o conheco o pintor que fez este quadro means: I do 
not know the painter who made this picture. 


129. When the adverb talvez, perhaps, precedes 
a verb it should be subjunctive; when it follows the 
verb, it should be indicative: talvez seja isso exacto, 
or isso é talvez exacto, perhaps this (or 7t) 2s so. 


130. Certain idiomatic expressions use the sub- 
junctive with the indefinite and relative pronouns 
as explained at § 102. 


131. Similarly the subjunctive is used with como: 
seja como for, be that as it may. 


102 << pORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


132. The subjunctive is sometimes used in the 
sense of a conjunction: est&o ao alcance de todos 
os que as buscam, seja como estudo, seja como 
curiosidade (HrrcunLano). They are within the 
reach of all who seek them whether for study or (as a 
mere matter of) currosity. 


PERSONAL INFINITIVE 
(See Exercise XX XI, page 151) 


133. The personal infinitive is an inflected form 
of the infinitive. It is found in the oldest Portuguese 
writings, and it is likewise different in use from any- 
thing in any other language.! Its use is best ex- 
plained by examples: 


Impersonal: comprei este livro para estudar, J bought 
this book (for me) to study. 

Personal: comprei este livro para estudardes, J bought 
this book for you to study. O nosso mestre esta con- 
tente por sabermos a licao, our teacher is pleased be- 
cause we know the lesson. Ficou surprehendido de nao 
estarem os soldados devidamente em ordem, he was 
surprised that the soldiers were not duly in order. E 
preciso comprarmos, i is necessary to buy (that we 
buy). 


1 Bento José de Oliveira, in his Nova Gramdtica Portuguesa, 26a 
ed. p. 46, says that the personal infinitive should be regarded as an 
aorist form of the subjunctive. 


ADVERBS 103 


VIII. THE INDECLINABLES 


ADVERBS 
(See Exercise XX XII, page 152) 


134. Adverbs may be single words as bem, well, 
logo,! presently, cedo, early. 


a. Or they may be adverbial phrases such as the 
following: 
a miudo, repeatedly 
ante-hontem, day before yesterday 
as cegas, blindly | 
as escuras, darkly 
até aqui, thus far 
a toda hora, hourly 
a torto e direito, right and left 
a vista, at sight 
com effeito, indeed 
d’aqui a pouco, shortly 
d’aqui em diante, henceforth 
de dia, by day 
de longe, afar 
de noite, by night 
de nenhuma sorte, by no means 
de perto, near by 
de repente, suddenly 
de chofre, suddenly, unexpectedly 
de tarde, in the afternoon 
de vez em quando, from time to time 
em fim, finally 


1 Logo is an unusually elastic adverb meaning all the way from 
right now to never. 


104 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


em seguida, one after another 

em vao, in vain 

hoje em dia, nowadays (popular) 

para sempre, forever 

pelo menos, at least 

por baixo, below 

por cima, above 

por em quanto, meantime 

pouco mais ou menos, a little more or less 
quando muito, at most 


b. The following are composite forms: depois (de and 
pois), afterwards; quiga, perhaps, (abbreviation of quem 
sabe, who knows); tambem (tao and bem), also; tampouco 
or tao pouco. Example: elle nao quiz e eu tao pouco, 
he didn’t want it, and neither did I. 

c. Many adverbs are formed by adding mente to a 
feminine adjective. The mente is usually to be trans- 
lated by the English ending ly; escuramente, darkly; 
propriamente, properly. 

d. When two or more adjectives ending in mente 
follow each other this termination is used with the last 
and is understood for the others: justa e propriamente, 
justly and properly. 

e. Some adverbs have the same forms as the mascu- 
line adjectives: such are alto, baixo, barato, certo, claro, 
conforme, and muito: falar baixo, to speak low; comprou 
barato, he bought cheaply. 

f. Que is an adverb when used to modify an adjec- 
tive, and can be substituted by como, quao or quanto: 
que bella é a noite, how fine the night is. . 

g. Eis, best translated behold, is a demonstrative ad- 
verb: eis Lisboa! behold Lisbon! Eis o homem! behold the 


ADVERBS 105 


man! Eis que, eis—aqui, eis—ahi, and eis—alli are all 
used in directing attention. With the objective of the 
personal pronouns it forms enclitics: eil—o, eil—os, see 
him, see them. 

h. Adverbs are sometimes used after certain verbs 
where English requires adjectives. These verbs are: 
estar, ficar, permanecer, sair, continuar. The following 
expressions are good Portuguese: Este negocio parece—me 
bom or parece—me bem, this business seeme to me to be 
good. Estou bem or estou bom (or boa), IJ am well. 
Esta bem, he is well off (financially). 


135. a. Special cases. — Aqui, here, in this place, is 
associated with the first person. Por aqui, this way; 
d’aqui, hence, d’aqui a tres dias, three days hence; d’aqui 
em diante, henceforth, from now on. 

b. Ca, here, is also associated with the first person: 
vem ca, come here. It is also used with the first person 
for emphasis: eu c&é me entendo, J (here) know what I 
am about. 

c. Ahiis associated with the second person and refers to 
a fixed place near the speaker: bote ahi, put it just there. 

d. Ali is associated with the third person and refers 
to a more distant and fixed place. 

e. Muito when used in comparisons may mean either 
very or too; muito longe may be either very far or too far, 
according to the context. 

f. Sim, yes, is used after que in indirect discourse to 
mean so or just so; creio que sim, J believe so; acho que 
sim, J find it so, or I think so. 

g. Sim and n@o as replies are rarely used alone, but 
in polite conversation are accompanied by Senhor or 
Senhora. 


106 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


h. Where yes would be used in English, in Portuguese 
the verb used is ordinarily repeated or é is used. Esta 
prompto? Are you ready? Estou, I am. Viu o vapor? 
Did you see the steamer? Vi, or vi-o, I saw tt. 

i. Nada is sometimes used as an emphatic no, as 
explained in § 136. 

7. Mesmo is used for emphasis in connection with 
the adverbs ahi, aqui, etc.: ahi mesmo, in that very spot. 

k. D’ahi-por diante or d’ahi em diante, from that time 
on. 

l. La em cima, wp there; 14 em baixo, down there. 

m. Aonde, where, whither, indicates motion toward, 
and donde, whence, motion from a place; onde estou, 
donde venho, e aonde vou, where I am, whence I come, and 
whither I go. | 

n. Para onde, whither; para baixo, downward; para 
traz, backward. 

o. Por onde, which way; por baixo, beneath; por 
detraz, behind. 

p. The English ago is expressed by the use of the 
impersonal verb ha, from haver (§109): ha um anno, a 
year ago. 

q. Just, and just now are expressed by the use of the 
verbs acabar and chegar, and by the adverbs ainda 
agora: as acabou de jantar, he has just dined; and ainda 
agora jantou, he has just now dined. Agorinha a diminu- 
tive form of agora, now, is similarly used and shortens 
the time past. 

r. There is expressed by ali (or alli), 14, and acola. 
La and acola are associated with the third person, and 
refer to places distant but not precise. Bote 14, put it 
there, i. e., somewhere there. Digo a um vae acola, e elle 


NEGATION | 107 


vae; e a outro vem ca, e elle vem, / say to one go there 
and he goes, and to another come here and he comes. 

s. It often happens that a single English word can be 
rendered in Portuguese only by an adverbial phrase; 
such are somewhat and somewhere. Um tanto indisposto, 
somewhat ill; em alguma outra parte, somewhere else. 

Algures is sometimes, but not often, used for somewhere. 


NEGATION 
(See Exercise XX XIII, page 153) 


136. The adverbs of simple negation are: 


nao, no, not: nao estudei, I have not studied 

nem, neither, nor: nem um nem outro, neither the one 
nor the other 

nunca, never: nunca vi, I have never seen: nunca mais, 

' never more 

jamais, never: nunca jamais o saberd, you will never — 
know it 

nada, nothing. (Though commonly a noun this word is 
sometimes used as an adverb of emphatic negation: 
vai a cidade? are you going to the city? Nada! de- 
cidedly not!) 

The expression pois nao, literally, why not, is sometimes 
an affirmative, equivalent to certainly, but it 1s some- 
times a negative. The meaning in these cases is de- 
termined by the intonation. 

Pois sim is similarly an affirmation or negation accord- 
ing to intonation. 


137. Double or Emphatic Negative. —'Two nega- 
tives are used for the purpose of strengthening the 


negation, and are not, as in English, equivalent to 


Se: = 


108 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


an affirmative. Nao sei nada disso, J know nothing 

about ii, is correct Portuguese; likewise are such ex- | 
pressions as nao sei nao; nao tenho nada; nao ha ~ 
nada; nado conheco ninguem; nao devemos nunca. ~ 


INTERROGATION 
(See Exercise XX XIII, page 153) 


138. There is no special arrangement of words for 
asking a question. That a question is asked is indi- 
cated colloquially by the tone of the voice, or, when — 
written, it is shown by the use of the interrogation — 
mark. Este livro €é meu may mean ts this book mine? — 
in which case the interrogation mark would be used, — 
or it may mean this book is mine. 

There are certain words, however, which in them- — 
selves sometimes, but not always, imply questions, 
such as quanto or quanta, how much; quantos or — 
quantas, how many; porque, why or because; como, 
how or as, and qual, which. The expression nao é 
assim? is it not so? and nao acha? don’t you find it — 
so? refer to a preceding sentence or idea and are 

equivalent to the French n’est-ce pas? or the German | 
nicht wahr? . 


PREPOSITIONS 
(See Exercise XXXIV, page 154) 


139. Prepositions are either single, as a, to, até 
until; or they are prepositional phrases: cerca de, 
about, antes de, before (in time). 














PREPOSITIONS 109 


: eee Eels Go and « arc used in connection 
with direct objects as explained § 122, 123. 
a. De follows certain adjectives: 
_ capaz de, capable of: elle é capaz de chegar a qualquer 
a hora, he is liable to arrive at any time 
_ cego de, blind: cego de um olho, blind in one eye 
j cego de raiva, blind with rage 
_ dependente de, dependent upon 
_ digno de, worthy of 
_doente de, ill with or of 
_ distante de, distant from 
facil de, easy to 
proprio de, 
_ Proprio para, 
_ 0. Similarly de follows certain participles used as 
adjectives (see § 124c), such as 

pintado de verde. painted green 
‘ vestida de seda, dressed in silk 
¢. De is also used idiomatically in such expressions as 
sstar de pé or em pé. io siand up; ir de chinellas. fo go in 
s slippers. 
Sa The preposition de is much used im certain idio- 
phrases and sentences, such as chorar de prazer. 
sipped morrer de fome., fo die of hunger: fazer de 
to act the fool; responder de nado, io say no; chamar 
: de ladrao, io call one a thief. 
| F e. The preposition de, of, often drops the e and takes 
"an apostrophe when followed by a word beginning with 


a vowel: d’este, of this, for de este; d’aquelle, of that: 
. y are also written deste and daquelle, with elle it 




















} proper to, or for 


110 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


f. When the preposition de is followed by the definite 
article, the two words unite and are written and pro- 
nounced do, da, dos, das (in place of de o, etc.). (See 
§ 15d.) 


140. The preposition em, in, is similarly combined 
with the definite article forming no, na, nos, nas, 
as explained at § 15c, and with este, esse, and 
aquelle forming neste, nesse, and naquelle. 


141. The preposition a, to, has so many and such 
‘ varied uses that it seems best to give a list of them:! 


A, to, is used to express: 


a. The place to or toward which, with the idea of 
returning: ir a praca, to go to the square. . 

b. The place where or near which: estar 4 porta, to be 
at the door; situado a beira-mar, situated at the seaside. 

c. Distance, measure of place and time: a tiro de bala, 
a gunshot away; a tres kilometros, three kilometers away. 

d. End or purpose: trabalhar.a bem da patria, to work 
for the good of the country; deu-lhe o vinho a provar, he 
gave him the wine to test. 

e. Material: pintar a oleo, to paint in oil; bordar a 
ouro, to embroider with gold. 

f. Time in which: partir ao meio dia, to leave at noon. 
' g. Future time near at hand expressed with the infin- 
tive: esta a chegar, he is about to arrive. 

h. Length of time: d’aqui a dez dias, ten days hence. 

7. Manner: obra feita a pedacos, work done by bits; 
a pé, afoot; a cavallo, horseback, a nado, (by means of) 
swimming. 

1 Nova Gramatica Portugueza de Bento José de Oliveira, 26a ed. 
Coimbra, 1904, p. 98. 


npr 


PREPOSITIONS 111 


j. Distribution and succession: dois a dois, two by 
two; gota a gota, drop by drop. 

k. Means, instrument, cause: matar 4 fome, to kill 
with hunger; 4s. punhaladas, with dagger thrusts; cantar 
4 viola, to sing with a viola; calcar aos pés, to wear on the 
feet. (See note § 8. 2.) 


1. Measure, price, tax: medir a metros, to measure 
in meters; comprar as arrobas, to buy by the arroba; 
vender a peso, to sell by weight; juros a cinco por cento, 
interest at five per cent. 


m. Quantity: aos centos, by the hundreds; chover a 
bom chover, to pour down rain. 


n..Manner of action (with infinitives): andar a 
saltar, to go jumping; ouvir passaros a cantar, to hear the 
birds a-singing. 

o. Conformity: ao parecer, as it seems, a vontade, 
as much as one likes. 


p. Object of reference: prompto a responder, ready 
to respond; apertar a mao a alguem, fo press one’s hand. 


q. Hypothesis: a ser assim, so to be. 


r. A and para, to, besides other relations, both express 
movement toward, but with this noteworthy difference: 
a contains the idea of returning, while para contains the 
idea of remaining. Vou a Europa and vou para Europa 
both mean I am going to Europe, and are both correct 
Portuguese, but the former means that I go to return, 
while the latter means I go to remain there. 

In such expressions as esta para chegar and esta a 
chegar, he is about to arrive, both refer to future action, 
but para expresses a more remote and a a more immediate 
action. 


112 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


. 142. In verse and colloquially com, with, some- 
times drops the m when followed by the definite 
article: co’os teus or c’os teus, with thy, in place of 
com os teus. 

On the preposition per see § 15d. 


143. Pelo que is an idiomatic expression: pelo que 
dizem, from what they say; pelo que me toca, in so 
far as it concerns (touches) me. 

Certain adjectives and participles used as adjec- 
tives are followed by por: 


celebre illustre 
distincto notavel 
famoso responsavel 


Examples of participles used as adjectives and re- 
quiring por: 


banhado habitado! 
cercado! perseguido 
conhecido povoado! 
disperso 


144. The following are idiomatic prepositional 
expressions: 


abaixo de, beneath aquem de, this side of 
acima de, on top of a roda de, about 

afim de, to the end that cerca de, about 

alem de, beyond diante de, before 

ao redor de, around de entre, between 


! Cercado, habitado, and povoado also admit of de, as cercado de 
amigos, surrounded by friends. 


CONJUNCTIONS 113 


de frente de, in front of de vez em quando, from 
dentro de, inside of time to time 

depois de, after junto de, near 

de proposito, on purpose longe de, far from 

de sob, below perto de, near 

de sobra, superabundantly por baixo de, below 

de todo, entirely _ por cima de, above 


| detraz de, behind 


For prepositions required by certain verbs see 
—«§ «122. 


CONJUNCTIONS 
(See Exercise XXXIV, page 154) 


145. Conjunctions are either single as e,! and, 
porem, but, que, than, or they are conjunctional 
phrases. Following are the more idiomatic of the 
—conjunctional phrases : 


afim de que, for the purpose of 

ainda que, although, in spite of the fact that 
a nao ser que, unless 

antes que, rather than, before 

apesar de, in spite of 

apesar de que, in spite of the fact that 
comtanto que, so that, provided 

oe Semen veal: so that, in such a way that 
de modo que, 

depois que, after that 


| 1 The conjunction e, and, is sounded almost as if it were i, and 
when written is distinguished from 6, is, by the latter always 
having the acute accent. 


114 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


de tal modo que, 

de tal sorte que, 
‘ emquanto que, while, although 

entretanto que, whilst 

nO caso que, in case that 

para que, in order that 

sé bem que, although 

sem que, unless 

visto que, in view of the fact that 


i in such fashion that 


a. Than is usually que, but it is also expressed by de, 
de que, do que, da que: mais agua que café, more water 
than coffee; mais que vinte, more than twenty; mais do 
que é necessario, more than is necessary; mais de uma 
vez, more than once. 

b. Hither .:.or are expressed by ou... ou: ou pode ou 
nao pode, silts you can or you cannot. 

c. Neither ...nor are expressed by nao...nem or by 
nem... nem: nao quero, nem posso, J neither wish nor 
can I; néo tenho. nem ouro nem prata, J have neither gold 
nor silver. 


INTERJECTIONS 


146. Interjections are single words as Oh, oxala, 
would to God, or they are interjectional phrases as 
valha-me Deus! ai de mim! alas me! quem me dera, 
would that; tomara que elle venha, J wish he would 
come. : 

Interjectional phrases containing de such as ai de 
mim, infeliz de ti, pobre delle, are said to be ellipti- 
cal; the complete expression would be something 
like: Ai (tem compaixfo) de mim! infeliz (tenho 


a 


ABBREVIATIONS 115 


compaixao) de ti! pobre (tenho compaixdo) delle! 
(§ 139e) coitado! coitadinha! 


ABBREVIATIONS USED IN WRITING 
(See Exercise XX XV, page 155) 


147. There are several abbreviations of Latin 
origin that are the same as those in English, such as 
A. D. for anno domini, etc. for et cetera, P. S. for 
post scriptum, and the like. In addition there are 
many abbreviations for Portuguese words, the most 
common of which are given in the following list. 
These are used extensively in correspondence, and 


in the official documents. 


Affe = affectuoso 
Amo. or A° = amigo 
Ant? = Antonio 


Att® = attento 
Be! = bacharel 
B‘e = Bento 


Cap™ = Capitao 
Ci* or Comp. = companhia 
Cons® er Cons’ = conse- 
lheiro 
Co! or Cor*! = Coronel 
Cr¢° = criado 
. = Dom, Dona. 
D. G. = Deus guarde 


@ = dita, Dona. 
D° = dito 
D.D. or Dig™°? = Dignissimo 
Dr. = Doutor 


E. F. = Estrada de ferro 
Ex™° = Excellentissimo 
Ex™: = Excellentissima 


E. R. M. = espera receber 
mercé 

Fer* = Ferreira 

Fr. = Frei 

Fran°° 

Fr°° 

Gen! = General 

hum! = humilde 

lima. = Illustrissima 

Imp. = Imperial 

J. C. = Jesus Christo 


Francisco 


Jan° = Janeiro 
oa ‘ = Joaquim 


J° = José 


116 


M. D. = muito digno 

M! or Mel. = Manuel 

M? = minha and Maria 

Mto. = muito 

N. = norte 

N. or N°. = numero 

N. S. = Nosso Senhor 

N? S* = Nossa Senhora 

O. = oeste 

Obd? or Obg?° = obrigado 

Obd?* or Obg4* = obrigada 

O. D. C. = offerece, dedica 
e consagra (used in the 
dedication of books, etc.) 

p. p. = proxima passada 

p* = para 

p® = padre 

Per* = Pereira 

P. E. F. = por especial favor 

q?° = quando 

q’° = quanto 

Rev* = Reverencia, Rever- 
endissima 

Rv‘?° = Reverendo 

Rv™? = Reverendissimo 

s/c = sua casa 

S. = Sao,! Silva, Sousa, sua, 
sul 

S. M. I. = Sua Majestade 
Imperial 


PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


S. P. = servico publico 

_ {Sua Senhoria 
ein (Sua Santidade 
Sr., Snr. = Senhor 
Snra. = Senhora 


St° = Santo! 

St? = Santa! 

S. E. O. = salvo erro ou 
omissio 

V. = Vocé 

Vs = Viuva 


V. A. = Vossa Alteza 

V. A. R. = Vossa Alteza 
Real 

V. Ex? = Vossa Excellencia 

V. Mag* = Vossa Majes- 
tade 

V. M. I. = Vossa Majes- 
tade Imperial 

Ven? = Venerador 

V. M. = Vossa Mercé 

Vm°° = Vossa Mercé 

Vv. S.. or Ve a 
Senhoria 

1°, 2° = primeiro, segundo, 
ete. 

7br. = Setembro 

8br. = Outubro 

9br. = Novembro 

10br. = Dezembro 


Vossa 


1 SHo, Santo and Santa, Saint. Sao is a short form of Santo, and 
is used before names beginning with a consonant, as Sao José, Sao 


SIMILARITY OF WORDS 117 


SIMILARITY OF WORDS IN THE TWO LANGUAGES 
(See Exercise XXXVI, page 156) 


One of the difficulties sometimes encountered by a 
beginner of Portuguese comes from a misleading 
similarity of certain words in the two languages. A 
few such words are here brought together to illus- 
trate and emphasize this feature of the language, 
but the list is not complete. 

It is noticeable that words of this kind are chiefly 
from the Latin, and that they have descended to the 
English language with one of their meanings em- 
phasized, and to the Portuguese with another. It 
should be noted, however, that the meanings given 
are the common rather than the only ones. 


List of Portuguese Words having a Meaning Different 
from Similar Words in English 


PORTUGUESE ENGLISH PORTUGUESE ENGLISH 

accao share (in com-_ assistir to be present 
pany) bravo wild 

accordar to waken bruto rough 

actual present (time) campo open field 

admirar-se to be surprised collegio school (pre- 

alumno student paratory) 

apreciar enjoy combinar agree 

armar (rede) tie up commum ordinary 

artista artisan competencia jurisdiction 

ascender to light (fire) concertar to mend 

assentar to sit constipacao cold (in the head) 





Tomaz. Santo is used before words beginning with a vowel, as 
Santo Antonio, Santo Ignacio. Santa is the feminine form and is 
used before feminine nouns; the final a is dropped when the name 
begins with a vowel, as Sant’ Anna. 


118 


PORTUGUESE 
damno 
demandar 
(porto) 
denunciar 


desapontar 
desgraca 
direito 
durar 
espaco 
espectaculo 
estreito 
esquesito 
face 

faltar 

fama 
impertinente 
importar 
idioma 
idiotismo 
miseravel 
miseria 


PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR 


ENGLISH 
injury 


to head for 


to announce (and 


denounce) 
to put out 
misfortune 
right, straight 
to last 
period 
performance 
narrow 
queer 
cheek 
to be lacking 
rumor 
exacting 
to amount to 
language 
idiom 
wretched 
want 


PORTUGUESE 
nomear 
offendido 
officio 
ordinario 


parente 
particular 
partir 
prejuizo 
querer 
real 
regimento 
ruim 
segundo 
sereno 
singular 
sorte 
successo 
vapor 
vicio 
vulgarizar 
vulgarmente 


ENGLISH 
appoint 
hurt 
trade 
commonplace, 

worthless 
kinsman 
private 
to start 


according to 
dew 
peculiar 
prize 
accident 
steam, steamer 
habit 

to popularize 
commonly 


EXERCISES 


I 
PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOWELS 
| (See § 2, page 5) 


: ha, sal, para, gato, mata, ama, aza. 

e: pé, fé, sé; sello, mesmo; desde, elle, vale, grande. 

i: li, vi, ri, dormi, kilo; animal, limitado, dividir. 
so, forte, voz, embora. 

{evs vogal, por. 
vento, bello, curto, tudo, isto. 

u: tu, lugar, cru, tribu, uma, singular, natureza. 

y: syllaba, martyr, myope, mystério, lyrico. 


VowEL-Compounpbs: PurRE DIPHTHONGS 
(See § 3, page 6) 


[oe ne ee eC 


: Cairo, paiol, mais, vai, jamais, amais. 

: pau, mau. 

: lei, anneis, achei, sapateiro, primeiro, hei, dinheiro. 
: eu, ceu, deu, breu. 

: viu, insistiu. 

: heroe. | 

: boi, foi, noite, depois, coitado. 

: ouro, couro, pouco, estou, sou, pensou. 

: fui, cuidado. 


Se ee ee ee ee 
° 
@ 


119 





120 EXERCISES 


NasaL DIPHTHONGS 
(See § 3, page 7) 

a: irma, ra, si, maca, 1a. 
ae: mie, cies, paes, capitdes, allemaes. 
ao: mao, nao, irm4o, Joao, séo, attengao, nacao, coracao. 
de: nacdes, edicgdes, feigdes, coragdes, feij6es. Camées. 
ui: muito. 
Other nasal sounds: bem, bom, fim, fins, sem, sim, som, 

com, bons, um, uns, homem, homenagem, vim, vins. 


II 
PRONUNCIATION OF THE CONSONANTS ° 
(See § 5, page 7) 


b: bala, bobo. 
c: cada, faca, cedo, cesta, cinco, civil, corta, culpa. 
ch: cha, chamar, chimica, epocha, cholera, chocar. 
¢: corticga, bengado, ougo. 
d: dado, desde, dia, doce, duro. 
f: fazer, ferro, fico, fogo, café, offerta. 
gallo, gosto, gusa. 
{eel gengebra, gymnasio. 
guia, guisa, guincho. 
gn: maligno, assignar, signal, digno. 
h: ha, haver, herva, hora, hoje 
j: anjo, José, jogo, jejum, ja. 
k: kilo, kali. 
1: lastro, litro, leste, lontra, lustroso, elle. 
lh: carvalho, barulho, batalha, brilho, orelha, orgulho. 
m: mdrmore, momento; alguem, bem, hontem, porem. 
n: entende, neste, naquelle, ninho, nove, nuvem. 


EXERCISES 121 


nh: ganhar, gallinha, tenho, tamanho, caminho. 
p: pagina, pintura, ponta, praga. 
ph: philosophia, phosphoro. 
pt: escripto, prompto or pronto, captivo. 
quadro, qualquer, quatorze. 
q:4 quinze, aqui, quieto. 
quente, quem, queijo. 
renda, rio, rosto, rustico. 
r:< burro, serra, guerra. 
caro, serio, genro, melro. 
{ salsa, sino, socio. 
lisa, easar, formosa, saudoso, abuso. 
t: tio, tonto. 


th: thesouro, mathematico. 


v: vacca, velho, vela, vinho, viuvo, visivel. 
(trouxe. 

sexo, fluxo. 

extenso, excepto. 

exame, exemplo, exorbitante, existencia. 
calxa, peixe. 

(xadrez, xiz, xique-xique. 

Zz: zona, zinco, zurrar, brazas, zangado. 


te 





Ill 
ACCENTS! 
(See § 8-9, page 13) 


ao: caixdo, caixdes, liao, 1: azul, perfil, general. 
attencao, nacdes, orfao. r: vapor, salgar, senhor. 
i: aqui, Ariry, Piquiry. u: tatu, bambu, caju. 


1 The student is warned against supposing that words ending 
alike are always accented alike. 


122 


Zz: rapaz, feroz, rapidez, so- 
lidez, alcatraz. 

im: marfim, latim. 

ia: theologia, mineralogia. 

aca: fumagca, alfaga. 

ade: liberdade, caridade. 

ode: bode, bigode. 


ice: tolice, indice, apendice. - 


ude: virtude, altitude. 
ado —a: usado —a, cravado. 
edo: olivedo, figueredo. 
ido —a: cosido —a, resumido. 
udo —a: cascudo —a. 
ato: barato, celibato. 
ano: bahiano, oceano. 
ancgo —a: descango, balango, 
allianga, esperanga. 
anco: banco, flanco, arranco. 
anto: amianto, encanto. 
ico —a: rico, barrica. 
iga: ortiga, espiga. 
eja: cerveja, corteja, igreja. 
eiro —a: sapateiro, bandeira. 
ume: lume, bitume. 
uto —a: permuta, luta. 
ando: amando, lendo, and 
the present participles. 
elho —a: conselho, espelho. 
erna: perna, lanterna. 
alho —a: cascalho, retalho. 
ilho —a: filho, milho, rodilha. 
olho —a: repolho, escolha. 
ulho —a: gorgulho, agulha. 


‘EXERCISES 


imba: cacimba, caximba. 

ello —a: cabello, chinella. 

elo: modelo, farelo. 

inho —a: ninho, passarinho. 

ino: menino, ensino. 

ora: lavoura, professora. 

uro —a: escuro —a, rapadura. 

oso —a: formoso —a, gosto- 
SO —a, Venenoso —a, raposa. 

oco —a: almoco, destrogo. 

esto —a: honesto —a. 

ista: dentista, fatalista. 

usto-—a: justo, robusto. 

ate: combate, alfaiate. 

ete: paquete, bobinete. 

ote: lote, filhote, capote. 

eta: cometa, propheta. 

ito —a: granito, cabrito. 

ota: idiota, gaivota, esgota. 

que: alambique, reboque. 

ante: tratante, brilhante. 

ente: plenamente, prudente. 

ento —a: nascimento, se- 
mento, augmento. 

ema: problema, systema. 

inte: pedinte, ouvinte. 

ismo —a: sophismo. 

istro: ministro, sinistro. 

ivo —a: captivo —a, activo, 
negativo, passivo. 

eza: defeza, viveza. 

ouro: bebedouro. 

encia: independencia. 


aco —a: demoniaco. 
ico —a: logico, colerico. 
ido: calido, fervido. 


EXERCISES 123 


olo —a: frivolo, malevolo —a. 
ulo —a: pendulo, cumulo. 
imo —a: riquissimo, longuis- 


ega: alfandega, pandega. simo, emprestimo. 
ago: amago, relampago. ito —a: habito, implicito. 
ego: trafego, folego, pecego. aro —a: passaro, barbaro. 


igo: prodigo, perigo. 


ero —a: aspero, prolifero. 


alo: escandalo, estalo, abalo. ore: arvore, marmore. 


baldio, desafio, desvario, fastio, 


On the penult. 


, 
ar 


On the antepenult. 4 





feitio, tresvario, sadio, pousio, 
vadio, escorregadio, luzidio, cun- 
hadio, plantio, gentio, armentio. 


mario, buzio, cambio, diario, 
inventario, adagio, secretario, sec- 
tario, tributario, adventicio, fron- 
tespicio, facticio, ficticio, prodigio, 
delirio, mortuario, escriptorio, la- 
boratorio, seminario, commen- 
tario, notorio, mortorio, agio, 
cirio, relogio. 


IV 


SYLLABICATION 
(See § 11, page 19) 


Separate the following words into their syllables: 


amanha banheiro damnado 
applicacao cancar ? escripto 
areia catarrho estampilha 
assumpto - comnosco estou 


altalho constantemente extracto 


124 


galheiro 
gallo 
guerra 
isthmo 
lenco 
linguagem 
nao 
navalha 


EXERCISES 


nemhum 
peixe 
philosophia 
prompto 
quando 
quilate 
sello 
senhora 


senhor 
subdelegado 
trabalhador 
thesouro 
tinta 

uma 

vinho 
vulgar 


ct tie a, ee ae 
—— 


EXERCISES 125 


Vv 
DEFINITE ARTICLE 
(See § 14, page 23) 


VOCABULARY 
o cavallo, the horse a colher, the spoon 
o garfo, the fork a faca, the knife 
o homem, the man a mai, the mother 
o menino, the boy a manteiga, the butter 
o pai, the father a menina, the girl 
o passaro, the bird a rosa, the rose 
o vapor, the steamer a senhora, the lady 
tem, has aqui, here 
esta, is (temporary) e, and 
estao, are onde, where 
ainda, yet mas, but 


1. O pai, a m&i e a menina. 2. Os homens e os ca- 
vallos. 3. Os garfos, as facas, e as colheres. 4. O 
passaro esté aqui. 5. O homem tem o cavallo. 6. Onde 
esté a senhora? 7. Aqui esta a rosa. 8. As senhoras e 
as meninas estéo aqui, mas os homens e os meninos ainda 


nao estaéo. 9. A manteiga nfio é boa. 10. Pelo vapor 


a viagem é agradavel; pela estrada de ferroé mda. 11. O 
Joao esté no campo com o francez. 12. Venho da cidade 
pelo caminho comprido. 13. Na immensidade dos mares. 
14. O livro foi adoptado pelo conselho de instruccéo do 
Cearaé a 19 de Agosto do corrente anno. : 

1. The horse is here. 2. The knife, the fork, and the 
spoon. 3. The mothers and the fathers and the girls. 
4. Here is the horse. 5. Where is the knife? 6. The 
horses and the men. 7. Here is the mother. 8. The 
ladies are not here. 9. Where are the men? 10. The 
windows of the house. 


126 EXERCISES 


VI 


INDEFINITE ARTICLE 
(See § 17, page 25) 


VOCABULARY! 
o amigo, friend o livro, book 
o cabello, hair a agua, water 
o chapeo, hat a cadeira, chair 
0 copo, cup, glass a filha, daughter 
o filho, son a flor, flower 
o leite, milk a mesa, table 
bonito —a, pretty branco —a, white 
é, is (permanently) muito, very 
em, in, on dois (m.), duas (f.), two 
no (m.), na (f.), in the uns (m.), umas (f.), some 


1. Um amigo tem um cavallo. 2. O chapeo é branco. 
3. Um chapeo est’ na mesa. 4. Uma filha e dois filhos. 
5. Uma cadeira. muito bonita. 6. E um chapeo muito 
branco. 7. Duas filhas bonitas. 8. Um copo d’agua 
ou de leite. 9. Ja faz mais de uma semana. 10. Um 
dos filhos cahiu na agua. 11. Que bello dia; que bella 
flor. 12. Com umas cartas na mao. 13. No interior é . 
mais agradavel especialmente o tempo das chuvas. 14. E 
uma felicidade. 

1. A pretty flower is on the table. 2. The lady has a 
white hat. 3. A friend has the horses. 4. The mother 
has a pretty daughter. 5. The s@n has a very pretty 
horse. 6. The man has some knives, forks, and spoons. 
7. A chair, a table, a plate, a knife, a fork, a spoon, a 
napkin, a glass of wine, a loaf of bread, a good dinner. 
8. A short letter (cartinha). 9. It is a question of health, 


1 In the remaining vocabularies the definite article is placed 


before the nouns to indicate the gender, but it is not repeated in - 


the English translation. 


—— 


=" 


EXERCISES 127 


Vil ‘ 


PLURAL OF NOUNS 
(See § 20, page 27) 


VOCABULARY 
o animal, animal a espada, sword 
o anzol, fish-hook a irma, sister 
o irm4o, brother a licao, lesson 
o jornal, newspaper a nacao, nation 
© paiz, country terca-feira, Tuesday 
0 papel, paper sexta-feira, Friday 
docil, docile facil, easy 
difficil, difficult grande, great 


feroz, ferocious 


sao, are (permanently) tenho, I have 
estao, are (temporarily) sahe, comes out 


1. Os animaes sao ferozes. 2. Tenho dois anzées. 
3. As flores’ sio muito bonitas. 4. Os irmfos tem os 
papeis. 5. Os paizes e as nagdes séio grandes. 6. As 
ligdes sio difficeis. 7. Os cavallos sio animaes doceis. 
8. A licdo 6 facil. 9. E uma espada comprida. 10. O 
jornal sahe tergas e sextas-feiras. 11. Os jornaes do paiz 
sio todos diarios. 


1. The nations are great. 2. I have difficult lessons. 
3. The sisters have easy lessons. 4. The brothers have 
fish-hooks. 5. The papers are on the chair. 6. Horses 
are docile. 7. The flowers are beautiful. 8. The books 
are easy. .9. The laws of the land. 


Give the plurals of the following: 


0 cio, dog a dor, pain o ladrao, thief 
o cidadao, citizen o funil, funnel O nariz, nose 
a cor, color o general, general o pao, bread (loaf) 


128 EXERCISES 


Vill 


GENDER OF NOUNS 
(See § 24-31, pages 30-38) 


VocABULARY — Nouns oF Opposite Srx 


© moco, young man a moca, young woman 
o francez, Frenchman a franceza, French woman 
o professor, (male) teacher a professora, (female) teacher 
0 menino, boy a menina, girl 
o gallo, cock a gallinha, hen 
o barao, baron a baroneza, baroness 
0 boi, ox a vacca, cow 
0 rapaz, boy a rapariga, girl 
0 barro, clay a barra, bar (of stream, of iron) 
o porto, port a porta, door 
© caso, case a casa, house 
o solo, soil a sola, sole (leather) 
0 ponto, point, place | * so ond 
: ; a ponte, bridge 
agradeco, I thank 
este (m.), esta (f.), this estes (m.), estas (f.), these 
fertil, fertile perto, near 
grosso (m.), —a (f.), thick doente, ill 
fechado —a, closed o campo, field 


1. O francez tem um boi, uma vacca, duas gallinhas, 
e um gallinheiro. 2. A professora é uma senhora bonita. 
3. Os casos sio muito difficeis. 4. As casas brancas sao 
as mais bonitas. 5. O solo deste paiz é muito fertil. 
6. Este professor é filho do barféo e da baroneza. 7. A 
sola é grossa; a porta é larga, mas esté fechada. 8. O 
professor francez esté doente em uma casa perto do porto. 
9. Esta professora fala inglez perfeitamente. 10. O 
actor casou-se aqui nesta mesma casa quando era ainda 
muito mogo. 11. Agradego a amabilidade. 12. O pagem 
foi buscar (has gone for) 0 mappa. 


a aaa 4 


EXERCISES 129 


IX 


RELATED AND UNRELATED NOUNS OF 
OPPOSITE SEX 


(See § 28-31, pages 34-38) 


VOCABULARY 
o modo, manner, style a moda, fashion 
o banho, bath a banha, lard 
o prato, plate a prata, silver 
o lente, lecturer a lente, lens 
0 capital, capital (money) a capital, capital (of a state) 
O cura, curate a cura, cure 


1. Ji nfo é moda. 2. Este modo de escrever nio 
convem. 3. QO navio chegou ao porto hontem. 4. As 
portas. desta casa sio bem largas. 5. No caso contrario 
o lente voltard 4 capital. 6. Elle me fez presente de um 
prato de prata. 7. Sola grossa é que vale a pena. 8. A 
‘barra ficou completamente entupida com a grande quan- 
tidade de barro trazido pelas aguas do rio. 9. A in- 
dustria da zona é a criagéo de gado e fabrico de queijos, 
porem em escala muito pequena. 10. Meu tio e minha 
tia estéo doentes. 11. O rei e a rainha da Italia. 
12. Chegou uma mocga chamada Nicota com uma rapa- 
riga para criada. 13. Tal pai tal filho; tal filho tal pai. 
14. O bar&o e a baroneza s&éo nossos vizinhos. 15. Re- 
partira largamente os fructos das suas conquistas. 


1. The fashion has changed. 2. The port of Bahia is 
large and deep. 3. The case is bad. 4. Bello Horizonte 
is the new capital of the state of Minas Geraes. 5. The 
railway track was covered with mud. 6. The curate lost 
the lens. 7. The bath is very cold. 8. Here is the plate. 
9. There is no (nfo ha) lard. 


130 EXERCISES 


x 


SUFFIXES — AUGMENTATIVES 
(See § 32-35, pages 38-41) 


VOCABULARY 

0 caixao, big box a caixa,! little box 
o dinheiro, money um dinheirao, a great deal of money 
o fosforo, match a cidade, city 
o gato, cat a mulher, woman 
o livro, book a mulherona, big woman 

com fome, hungry (with hunger) 
tenho, I have temos, we have 
tens, thou hast tendes, you have 


tem, he (she, it) has teem, they have 


L. Os meninos teem uma caixinha de fosforos. 2. Esta 
mulherona tem um gatinho pequenino. 3. O francez 
tem um dinheiréo. 4. O caixéo é muito grande. 5. A 
caixa est4é na porta da casinha. 6. Tenho um gallo 
pequeno e uma gallinha pequenina. 7. Temos perto da 
cidada uma casa com um portado. 8. Aquelle figurao é 
um recem-chegado. 9. Este rapagéo 6 meu camarada. 
10. Que narigéo. 11. Que mulherao! 


1. The man has two big boxes of matches. 2. We 
have a little house in the city. 3. The little book is quite 
pretty. 4. I have a very, very small cat. 5. The little 
horse is hungry. 6. The handsome woman has a beau- 
tiful little foot. 7. The little rat is in a little box. 
8. There is a little house near the road. 9. These little 
‘potatoes are dear. 10. The consul is a notable and 
venerable man. 


1 Moraes says that caixa is longer than wide and that it is called — 
caixa when full, and caixfo when empty. 


7) 


EXERCISES 131 


XI 
DIMINUTIVES 
(See § 36-38, pages 41-42) 
VOCABULARY 

o cachorro, dog © vapor, steamer 
0 carro, cart, wagon a coitadinha, poor little girl 
o morro, hill a conta, account 
o pé, foot a lagoa, lake 
0 pedaco, piece a. luz, light 
o pinto, little chick a roda, whee) 


1. A crianga cortou a maozinha. 2. Um vaporzinho 
navega esta lagoazinha. 38. Aquelle carrinho quebrou a 
rodinha. 4. O cachorrinho perdeo-se no matto. 5. Ha 
dois morrinhos logo 4 entrada do porto. 6. Quem foi 
que matou o pintinho? 7. A luzinha do dia nascefite. — 
8. Coitado do gatinho! 9. Pedro perdeu os livrinhos. 
10. A senhorinha vai 4 escola sosinha. 11. O coronel 
era um velho robusto com grandes méaos cabelludas. 
12. O baixinho é muito malcreado. 13. Como vai 
Joaiozinho? Melhorou, mas ainda esta  fraquinho. 
14. Sosinho alli perto da capellinha de 8S. Matheus. 
15. Os livrinhos séo bonitinhos. 16. Coitadinho! 


1. My small son. 2. I have a small piece of bread. 
3. The little cat and the small dog. 4. The small steamer 
on the little river. 5. The little hill near the road. 
6. The little ducks are in the water. 7. I have bought 
some small fish for our dinner. 8. A little plate of rice, 
a little piece of meat, and a small glass of wine are enough. 
9. I have a short letter from my son. 


132 EXERCISES 


XII 
ADJECTIVES 
(See § 39-41, pages 43-44) 
VOCABULARY 
o cha, tea o marido, husband 
o estudante, student o pao, bread 
o leite, milk a lingua, language 
azul, blue nao, not 
contente, pleased preguicoso, lazy 
diligente, diligent preto, black (man) 
feio, ugly que, than 
gosto, I like rico, rich 
hoje, to-day sempre, always 
mais, more tambem, also 
mau, bad velho, old 
1. —A secca: «Quem, pela primeira vez, percorre o 


sertao nessa quadra, depois de longa sécca, sente con- 
franger-se-lhe a alma até os ultimos refélhos em face dessa 
inanicéo da vida, desse immenso holocausto da terra. 

E mais funebre de que um cemitério. Na cidade dos 
mortos as lousas estéo cercadas por uma vegetacéo, que © 
vica e floresce; mas aqui a vida abandona a terra, e toda 
essa regiao, que se estende por centenas de leguas, nao é 
mais do que o vasto jazigo de uma natureza extincta e o 
sepulchro da propria creacao. 

Das torrentes cauddes restam apenas os leitos estan- 
ques, onde n&o se percebe mais nem vestigios da agua 
que os assoberbava. Sdbe-se que alli houve um rio pela 
depressio, as vezes imperceptivel, do terreno e pela areia 
alva e fina, que o enxurro lavou.» — Jos& DE ALENCAR. 
2. De noite todos os gatos séo pardos. 3. Sou um 
homem chao. 4. Gosto de pao preto. ? 


EXERCISES 133 


XIII 


COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES 
(See § 42-46, pages 44-47) 


VOCABULARY 
alto, high o mais alto, the highest 
bello, handsome a mais bella, the handsomest 
melhor, better 
hom, good {erie ; best, very good 
agradavel, agreeable mais agradavel, more agreeable 
facil, easy os mais faceis, the easiest (pl.) 
amavel, amiable o lugar, place 
feliz, fortunate o mais feliz, the most fortunate 
maior, greater 
Erenee, eee 1 maiorzinho, a little bit greater 
civilizado, civilized 
visto, seen 


1. O morro alto é mais agradavel. 2. Os. homens 
mais agradaveis. 3. E mais facil ficar aqui. 4. Meu 
amigo 6 o homem mais feliz que conhecgo. 5. Melhor o 
dia, melhor o servico. 6. As nagdes mais civilizadas do 
mundo. 7. E o lugar mais agradavel que tenho visto. 
8. As senhoras mais bellas néo sio sempre as mais agra- 
daveis. 9. E lindissima a cidade vista de noite do alto 
da serra. 10. O clima é pessimo; é 0 peior que conlieco. 
11. O ultimo anno deste celeberrimo poeta. 12. Este 
paiz é um dos mais civilizados de mundo. 13. O gover- 
nador falou com a maior affabilidade. 14. Desejo uma. 
casaca de panno mais fino, e um pouco mais escuro. 
15. Nao ha a minima duvida. 16. Devia morrer mais 
cedo do que eu proprio imagindra. 17. A lingua portu- 
gueza é riquissima. 


134 EXERCISES 


XIV 
NUMERALS 
(See § 55-64, pages 50-55) 
VOCABULARY 
o anno, the year a independencia, independence 
o mez, the month a semana, the week 
o dia, the day a noite, the night 
o minuto, the minute a hora, the hour 
o seculo, the century a sala, the hall 
o trabalho, the work a janella, the window 
o quarto, the room um milreis, one milreis 


um conto de reis, one conto of reis 
(one thousand milreis) 


sao, there are (it is) meu (m.), minha (f.), 

quanto, how much meus (pl.), minhas (pl.), } 

custou, it cost seu (m.), sua (f.), your, his, her, 
Junho, June seus (pl.), suas (pl.), t its, their 
Novembro, November Marco, March 


Setembro (m.), September 


1. Que horas si0? Sdo tres e meia; néio quatro horas 

e vinte minutos. 2. Hoje é sete de Setembro, o dia de 
independencia. 3. A semana tem sete dias e outras 
tantas noites, e o anno tem trezentos e sesenta e cinco 
dias. 4. O seculo tem cem annos. 5. Minha casa tem 
duas salas e seis quartos, e custou oito contos duzentos 
e quinze milreis. 6. Quanto custou seu livrinho? 7. Cus- 
tou um milreis; mas custou treze dias de trabalho tambem. 
8. Trinta dias tem Novembro 

Abril, Junho e Setembro; 

Vinte e oito sé tem um, 

E os demais tem trinta e um. 
9. O dia sete de Setembro de mil nove centos e dez é 
dia de independencia nacional do Brasil. 


EXERCISES 135 


m3") 


PERSONAL PRONOUNS 
(See § 65-75, pages 56-61) 


VOCABULARY 

amar, to love gostar, to like 
dar, to give querer, to wish 
falar, to speak trabalhar, to work 
amo, I love dou, I give 
amas, thou lovest das, thou givest 
ama, he, she, it loves da, he, she, it gives 
amamos, we love 
amaes, ye love a senhoria, lordship 
amam, they love a agua, water 

o conselho, advice 
devagar, slowly a ave, bird 
mais, more a mercé, mercy 
de mais, too much comtigo, with thee 
menos, less a excellencia, excellency 


de menos, too little 


1. Elle fala commigo. 2. Eu trabalho, mas elle fala. 
3. Gostas de pio? 4. Nao lhe dou dinheiro. 5. Elle 
perseguia as aves; eu perseguia-o a elle. 6. O senhor 
fala devagar. 7. A minha familia chama-me poeta; 
os visinhos chamam-me tolo. 8. Agradego lh’a, e afago-a. 
9. Ella gosta de falar. comtigo. 10. Dou-lhe este con- 
selho. 11. A Senhora gosta de me dar _ conselho. 
12. Vossa Excellencia me da conselhos de mais. 13. Disse- 
lhe o meu nome. O padre repetiu-o tres vezes. 14. Vossa 
Senhorianioaama. 15. Entre mim e elle nao ha questao. 
16. Elle da-lhes um conto de reis. 17. Tres delles estio 
commigo. 18. Nao posso ve-lo. 19. Elle nao o sabia; 
o trovador n4o as via. 


136 EXERCISES 


XVI 
POSSESSIVES 
(See § 76-83, pages 61-62) 
} VOCABULARY 

o soldado, soldier 0 parente, relative 
o vizinho, neighbor o general, general 
a loja, shop o advogado, lawyer 
a ordem, order porem, but, however 
barato, cheap pronto, ready 
caro, dear 
dizer, to say 

, dizemos, we say 
algo, t say digamos, let us say 
dizes, thou sayest dizeis, you or ye say 
diz, he or she says dizem, they say 


1. Meu caro amigo diz que a casa d’elle é minha, é sua, 
é nossa. 2. Meus livros e meus cavallos est&o ds suas 
ordens. 3. Meu caro filho, tua casa é grande de mais, 
porem é boa. 4. Dizem que meu cavallo é caro, mas que 
seu 6 mais barato. 5. Dizem me que os meus vizinhos 
sio vossos bons amigos. 6. O general diz que os seus 
soldados estéo prontos. 7. Digo que nfo. 8. Meu advo- 
gado perdeu a causa. 9. Minha filha diz que vai buscar 
o seu chapeo. 10. Minhas irmas dizem que os seus 
parentes séo ricos. 11. Como esté meu amigo? 12. Sua 
Majestade é meu amigo. 13. Estou aqui ds suas ordens. 


1. My neighbor says his house is yours. 2. This shop 
is at your orders. 3. Your friends are mine. 4. You 
say that my friends and neighbors are yours. 5. All 
your books and all of hers are ours. 6. My house is 
very small, but it is at your orders. 7. Our customs are 
different from yours. 


EXERCISES 137 


XVII 
DEMONSTRATIVES 
(See § 84-94, pages 63-65) | 
VOCABULARY 
o irm4o, brother bater, to knock 
a fruta, fruit convem, it suits (¢mpersonal verb) 
forte, strong servir, to serve 
0 pobre, poor man a tinta, ink 
cego, blind a penna, pen 
o cego, blind man o emprego, employment 


a cega, blind woman 


1. Vinte dias e outras tantas noites seguiu-o de longe, 
até o ver sumir-se nas ruas tortuosas e escuras do coragao 
da cidade. 2. Este homem e as filhas d’elle séo pobres. 
3. Aquelle mocgo 6 cego. 4. Essa mulher é uma cega 
pobre. 5. Ella 6 uma pobre cega. 6. Disto nao gosto. 
7. Estas frutas nfo sio boas. 8. Estes soldados séo mais 
fortes que aquelles pobres cegos. 9. Isto nfo me con- 
vem. 10. Aquella tinta e esta penna nfo servem para 
escrever a carta. 11. O nome unico por que chamou 
foi o de seu filho. 12. Fulano diz que é a mesmissima 
coisa. 13. Nao gosto disto. 14. Este senhor é o autor 
deste livro. 


1. This poor boy is blind. 2. That blind woman is 
poor. 3. This blind man is stronger than his brother. 
4. This dog is stronger than that one. 5. These books 
are better than those. 6. There is no such person here. 
7. At this place and at this moment7it is not possible. 
8. This occasion is best. 9. Take these chairs away. 
10. Those poor men have no employment. 


138 EXERCISES 


XVIII 
INTERROGATIVES 
(See § 95, page 65) 
VOCABULARY 
o rumo, bearing, direction a opiniao, opinion 
o caminho, road curto, short 
a mala, trunk, suit case para, for (to) 


a rua, street 


1. Qual é o caminho para a cidade? 2. Quem falla? 
Sou eu, seu amigo. 3. Que tem no caixéo? 4. Quem é? 
5. Qual d’elles 6 o mais prudente? 6. Qual é a sua 
opiniao? 7. Em que rua é a sua casa? 8. Qual é o 
caminho mais curto? 9. Quem bate? 10. Quem sabe 
nio sou eu. 11. Quaes sfio minhas malas? 12. Quem 
foi: que deixou a porta aberta? 13. Seja quem for, nado 
convem. 14. Quaes sféo as nossas cadeiras? 15. Qual 
é o meu chapeo? 16. Que pena! Que vergonha! 
17. Quem lhe disse? 18. Que horas sao? 


1. Which is the road to your house? 2. What is it 
you say? 3. Who is it speaking (who speaks)? 4. I am 
the one who is speaking (who speaks is I). 5. In which 
direction is the city from here? 6. Who knows? 7. Which 
are the best fruits? 8. Who was it that took away my 
pen? 9. Who is that knocking? 10. Which of these 
three chairs is mine? 11. What time is it? 12. Who is 
the owner of this house? 13. Who knows? 14. Which 
of the two is the better one? 15. What a pity! 16. In 
this case I cannot’ go. 17. This employment does not 
suit me. 18. It is hard to believe what I saw. 19. It 
was in this river that he was drowned. 


EXERCISES 139 


XIX 
RELATIVES 
(See § 96-99, page 66) 

VOCABULARY 
o dono, owner a certeza, certainty 
saber, to know a instruc¢do, instruction 
sei, | know possivel, possible 
sabes, thou knowest ha, is (impersonal 3d sing. haver) 
sabe, he knows com, with 
sabemos, we know quem, who 
sabeis, ye know livre, free 
sabem, they know verdadeiramente, truly 


sem, without 


1. O que digo é que nfo é possivel. 2. Nao sei quem 
é o dono desta casa. 3. O senhor sabe de quem é este 
livro? 4. Nao sei com certeza. 5. O livro que tem é o 
melhor que ha. 6. Instrucgao, sem a qual o homem nao 
serf, jamais verdadeiramente livre. 7. Quem tudo quer 
tudo perde. 8. Que éisso? 9. Os que falam. 10. Quem 
bem semeia, bem colhe. 11. Quem diz o que quer, ouve 
o que nao quer. 12. Quem sabe qual é a loja? 13. Tal 
foi o sonho do futuro que o Senhor me enviou n’uma 
noite de agonia. 14. Que é a caixa economica, essa 
arvore que produz taes fructos de bengio? 15. Os mais 
bellos sio os que vém do estado da Bahia. 


1. You do not know which is the best road. 2. It is 
not possible to say with certainty. 3.1 do not know 
whose house that is. 4. The books which I have are the 
best. 5. A man whom I esteem. 6. With whom are ~ 
you talking? 7. Whose house is that? 8. He who has 
most wants most. 


140 EXERCISES 


XX 
INDEFINITES 
(See § 100-102, pages 67-69) 
VOCABULARY 
~o mundo, world a verdade, truth 
O presente, present qual, which 
0 espacgo, space, room qualquer, either 
a cousa, thin o senhor, sir, gentleman 
or coisa, 6 nada, nothing 
desejar, to desire algum —uma, some 
ter, to have 


1. Alguem lhe deu este presente. 2. O senhor tem 
alguma cousa boa? 3. Nao tenho nada, e nao desejo 
nada. 4. Sem dizer nada. 5. Algumas das de que 
fala tem muito pouco espacgo. 6. Cada um tem a sua 
opiniao. 7. Quaes destas tres quer? 8. Qualquer del- 
las; néo sei qual é a melhor. 9. N&o quero nenhum. 
10. Tudo est&é muito bom. 11. Gosto deste mais que 
nenhum outro. 12. Uns dizem que sim; outros que 
nio. 13. Ninguem sabe qual é a verdade. 14. Traga 
alguma cousa para comer em quanto estou escrevendo 
umas cartas. 


1. No one knows which is the shortest road. 2. Each 
one has his own opinion. 3. All the world knows that 
no man is prudent. 4. I know nothing about this. 
5. Either one of these books is good. 6. You know more 
than any one else. 7. I don’t want either the one or the 
other. 8. Whoever it may be he cannot enter here. 
9. Much obliged. Not at all. 10. I want to get there 
as soon as possible. 11. We shall be there in a little 
while. 


moh 


14. Falar sem pensar 6 atirar sem apontar. 
anda com a cabeca inchada (slang). 


EXERCISES 


XXI 


REGULAR VERBS 
(See § 103-107, pages 69-75) 


141 


VoOcABULARY 


achar, to find 
andar, to walk 
atirar, to shoot 
bolir, to disturb 
cantar, to sing 
comer, to eat 
deixar, to leave 
destruir, to destroy 
durar, to last 
encher, to fill 


o altar, altar 
o maribondo, wasp 


o tempero, seasoning (of food) 


Falo como parto. 


. Falo, como, e parto. 
. Elle fala, come, e parte. 
. Ella cantava, respondia, 


partia. 
Achou, vendeu, uniu. 
Estudarei, encherel, 
bulirei. 
Ficariamos, encheriamos. 


8. 


9. 
10. 


13. 


entrar, to enter 
esquecer, to forget 
estudar, to study 
ficar, to remain 
mudar, to change 
partir, to depart 
responder, to reply 
unir, to unite 
vender, to sell 


a cabeca, head 
a romaria, pilgrimage 
a reliquia, relic 


Duraram, __responde- 
rem, uniram. 

Mude, encha, bula. 

Andasse, enchesse, bu- 
lisse. 

Entra, come, parte. 


. Deixando, vendando, 
destruindo. | 
Mudada, esquecida, 


unida. 


15. Elle 
16. Fiquei mais 


morto que vivo (cancado). 17. Nao bule com casa de 
maribondos. 18. Gallinha gorda nfo precisa tempero. 


142 EXERCISES 


XXII 


REGULAR VERBS WITH ORTHOGRAPHIC 
AND PHONETIC CHANGES 


(See § 108, pages 75-76) 


VOCABULARY 
abranger, to contain entregar, to deliver 
agradecer, to thank erguer, to raise 
arrancar, to pull out, up fincar, to drive in 
attingir, to attain fingir, to pretend 
attracar, to make fast fugir, to flee 
balangar, to balance jogar, to play, throw 
brincar, to play lancar, to throw 
cangar, to tire pedir, to request 
distiriguir, to distinguish pregar, to nail 
eleger, to elect rasgar, to tear 


emmagrecer, to grow thin _rogar, to ask 

empallidecer, to turn pale __ salgar, to salt 

empecer, to hinder valer, to value, to be worth 
a demiss4o, dismissal 
a esmola, charity 
a manha, habit, whim 


fiquei, fique, finquei, finque; brinquei, brinque. 

entreguei, entregue; roguei, rogue, joguei, jogue. 

elejo, eleja, elejas; abranjo, abranja. 

attinjo, attinja; finjo, finja, fujo, fuja. 

ergo; distingo; lancei, lance; cancei, cance; balancei, 
balance. 

6. agradeco, agradeca; emmagreco, emmagreca; em- 

pallidego, empallideca; empeco, empega. 

7. foge, cobre, sobe; durmo, sigo, sirvo. . 

8. Pedi minha demissi0 e segui caminho. 9. O cavallo 

fugiu a noite passada. 10. Uma esmola pelo amor 

de Deus. 


ee lak haath 


EXERCISES 148 


XXII 
, THE AUXILIARY VERBS 
(See § 109, pages 76-81) 
VOCABULARY 
o sul, south a opiniao, opinion 
o norte, north a viagem, voyage, trip 
o dever, duty a febre, fever 
o olho, eye satisfeito, satisfied 
o caminho, road ja, at once 
0 servigo, service enjoado, seasick 
ter, to have acabar, to finish 
haver, . embarcar, to embark 
ser, to be seguir, to follow 
estar, seguir viagem, to go forward 


aguentar, to endure 


1. Tenho feito meu dever. 2. Tendo acabado o ser- 
vico, segui viagem. 3. O nosso amigo esté para em- 
barear j4. 4. Nao ha quem possa aguentar este servico. 
5. Sou norte-americano, vou embarcar para a America 
do Sul. 6. Estou cansado; sou cego de um olho. 7. O 
que é que tem feito aqui todo o dia? 8. Sou de opiniado 
que naéo ha caminho. 9. Tenho estado muito satisfeito 
com esta viagem. 10. Como tem passado estes dois 
dias? 11. Estd clara que elle nio énem portuguez nem 
brasileiro; pode ser (que seja) inglez. 


1. He was much pleased with the trip to the mines. 
2. We have done everything possible. 3. I am a blind 
man. 4. I am seasick. 5. I am Brazilian consul at 
Philadelphia. 6. I have to go aboard the steamer to- 
morrow at ten o’clock sharp. 7. I have to write some 
letters before embarking. 8. There was a terrible storm 
the next day. 


144 EXERCISES 


XXIV 


IRREGULAR VERBS 
(See § 110-113, pages 81-88) 


VOCABULARY 
0 azeite, oil a batata, potato 
O assucar, sugar a garrafa, bottle 
a carne, meat a lata, tin can 


a pena, trouble 


caber, to hold prestar, to lend 


1. Digo que nfo. 2. Dou o que tenho. 3. Dei din- 
heiro ao cego que pidiu uma esmola. 4. Creio que a 
agua nio cabe na garrafa. 5. Faco todo o possivel, mas 
nao posso fazer isto. 6. Pode vir quando quizer; o que 
pediu esta feito. 7. Sei que puz o chapeo aqui na mesa; 
vai busea-lo. 8. Roupa feita quasi nunca presta. 9. Ndéo 
quero saber d’isto; vou pedir minha demissao. 10. Vejo 
que nfo vale a pena ir la hoje. 11. Trouxeram o que 
pedi: carne, batatas e uma garrafa de azeite. 12. Vim 
pela estrada nova; voltarei pela picada velha. 13. Fui, 
irei, ia, fora, indo, vaéo. 14. Venho, rio, ougo, peco, 
redimo, vou, meco, tenho, valho, vejo, trago, quero, sei, 
ponho, perco, fago, estou, digo, caibo, dou. 15. Dei, 
coube, disse, estive, fui, fiz, houve, pude, pus, prouve, 
quiz, soube, tive, trouxe, vi, ouvi, pedi. 16. Dize-me 
com quem andas, dir-te-hei as manhas que tem. 17. Cada 
um sabe o que lhe convem. 18. Vou ver si este assucar 
cabe naquella lata. 19. Em terra de cegos quem tem 
um olho é rei. 20. Na&do ha rosa sem espinhos, nem 
amores sem ciumes. 21. O amor vae-se, a amisade fica. 
22. Quem tem officio néo morre de fome. 


EXERCISES 


XXV 


145 


VARIABLE PARTICIPLES 
(See § 114-118, pages 88-90) 
~ VocaABULARY 


© convite, invitation 
0 jogo, game 

o prazer, pleasure 

o sol, sun 

o vulcéo, volcano 

a facada, knife cut 
a machina, machine 


acceitar, to accept 
accender, to set fire, light 
enxugar, to dry 

frigir, to fry 

ganhar, to gain 


a palha, straw 
a roupa, clothes 
a telha, tile 
limpo, clean 
quatro, four 
torto, crooked 


imprimir, to print 
limpar, to clean 
matar, to kill 
pagar, to pay 
soltar, to loose 


torcer, to twist 


1. Este 6 um negocio torto. 2.:As ruas desta cidade 
estéo bem limpas. 3. As ruas sio limpas por uma ma- 
china de quatro rodas. 4. O convite foi acceito com 
muito prazer. 5. A roupa foi logo enxugada no sol. 
6. O dinheiro foi ganho no jogo. 7. O soldado foi morto 
por uma facada. 8. A conta ja estdé paga. 9. Os ca- 
vallos forio soltos pelo camarada, 10. O livro foi im- 
presso no Rio de Janeiro. 11. Mande-trazer uns ovos 
fritos. 12. A nova edicéo dos Lusiadas foi correcta e 
dada a luz por Paulino de Souza no anno mil oito centos 
e setenta e tres. 13. O relogio tinha dado onze pancades. 


1. Is the house covered with straw or with tiles? 2. Do 
you like eggs fried? 3. This book was printed in Lisbon. 
4. He was elected federal deputy two years ago. 5. I 
was arrested in a village of Alagoas. 6. The money was - 
spent. 7. The candle is lit; the account is paid, 


146 EXERCISES 


XXVI 


DEFECTIVE VERBS; SUBJECTS OF VERBS 
(See § 119, page 91) 


VOCABULARY 
o algoddo, cotton chegar, to arrive 
o animal, animal marcar, to mark, set 
o patriota, patriot jazer, to lie (down) 
a felicidade, happiness planter, to plant 
a cabra, goat poder, to be able, can 
a perspectiva, prospect prazer, to please 
a secca, drought tratar, to care for 


as treva’ (pl. only), darkness 
mortal, pl. mortaes, mortal 


apenas, merely outro, other 
denso —a, dense quao, how 
se, if (sometimes written si) 


1. Nem homem, nem boi, nem cabra pode aguentar a 
secca. 2. Tratar animaes, e plantar algodao é o forte 
deste homem. 3. Chegou um e outro. 4. Se a luz que 
ha em ti sio trevas, quéo densas sfio as trevas. 5. Ume 
outro chegou no dia mareado. 6. Aqui jazem os restos 
mortaes de um patriota. 7. Praz a Deus. 8. Aqui jaz 
o corpo apenas do Marquez de Maricdé. 9. Tanto a vida 
como a morte offereciam uma perspectiva de felicidade. 
10. Bem diverso era Rosas. As suas paixdes flamme- 
javam 4 luz do sol no pampa vasto. Accessivel, ardente, 
emprehendedor, cubigoso de estima, sua influencia co- 
mecou a se fundar pela energia da sua iniciativa e pelo 
brilho das suas accdes. 11. So restava para o camareiro 
Oo morrer, e para sua senhoria o ir deitar-se. 12. Deus 
perdéde a quem me torceu a: vocacio. 13. Ir a pé nao 
me convem. 


Tr 


EXERCISES 147 


XXVII 


IMPERSONAL VERBS 
(See § 121, pages 93-94) 


VOCABULARY 
o bacalhau, codfish bastar, to suffice 
0 queijo, cheese 
o sal, salt esterlina, sterling 
a libra, pound . fora, outside 
a pimenta, pepper frio —a, cold 


1. Fez frio esta noite. 2. Anoitece; chove; troveja. 
3. Ha quem sabe (or saiba). 4. Nao haremedio. 5. Seja 
como for. 6. Pode ser que haja. 7. Nado faz mal. 
8. Acconteceu que choveu naquelle dia. 9. Nao convem 
fazer isto; nao me convem. 10. N&o me _ importa. 
11. Parece que na&o vale a pena. 12. EF facil saber se é 
verdade. 13. Faz muito calor aqui ao sol. 14. Parece 
me que é melhor ficar aqui. . 15. Quem me dera que fosse 
assim. 16. Nao chega a ter vinte libras_ esterlinas. 
17. Basta um pouco de bacalhdu, uns ovos_ fritos, 
sal, pimenta e queijo. 18. Nao ha leite para o café. 
19. Custa a crer que nao haja vinho; esta agua ndo 
chega. 


1. They say that it is cold outside there. 2. It is 
raining and blowing. 3. No matter, let us go take a 
walk. 4. It is a week to-day since I had a walk. 5. It 
is not necessary. 6. It is easy to travel by steamer. 
7. There is no help for it. 8. There is no doubt about 
it. 9. It is not worth while. 10. It rained all night. 
11. It is very hot here in the sun. 12. No matter; there 
is no help for it. 13. That will do. 14. They say it is 
raining, but I do not care. 


148 EXERCISES 


XXVIII 


OBJECTS OF VERBS; SPECIAL USES 
(See § 123-124, pages 96-98) 


VOCABULARY 
o calor, heat amar, to love 
o cavallo, horse cobrir, to cover 
o ladrao, thief contar, to tell, recount : 
0 lobo, the wolf enfraquecer, to grow weak 
o negociante, merchant engolir, to swallow 
o peixe, fish jantar, to dine 
0 poeta, poet pegar, to catch 
o tributo, tribute pintar, to paint 
a admiracao, admiration principiar, to begin 
a historia, story sentir, to feel 
a patria, native land assim, thus, so 
a ra, frog realmente, genuinely 


1. Um ladraéo matou ao-negociante. 2. O peixe en- 
goliu a ra; 4 ra engoliu o peixe; ao peixe engoliu a ra. 
3. Elle principiou a falar. 4. Pegdéram me o chapeo. 
5. Principiou a cantar. 6. Acabei de jantar. 7. Aquelle 
moco anda a contar historias. 8. O dono mandou pe- 
gar os cavallos. 9. A casa estd coberta de telhas e 
pintada de branco. 10. Sinto me enfraquecido pelo 
calor. 11. Assim cada portuguez que ama realmente a 
sua patria deve um tributo de reconhecimento e de ad- 
miracdo ao poeta. 12. Uma febre violenta o sustentava. 
13. Judas abragou a Christo, mas outros o prenderam. 
14. A guerra que declaramos aos outros nos gasta e 
consome a nods mesmos. 


1. John visited Sr. Rabello and his wife. 2. The dog 
followed the wolf; the wolf followed the dog. 3. When 
did you begin to speak Portuguese? 4. Pedro saw a 
tiger leave the woods. 


STE ee eet 


EXERCISES 149 


XXIX 


PERIPHRASTIC VERB-PHRASES 
(See § 125, pages 98-99) 


VOCABULARY 
o barulho, noise accordar, to wake 
o dinheiro, money arrojar, to drag 
o martello, hammer buscar, to fetch 
o mato, forest corrigir, to correct 
o medico, physician fazer, to do, make 
o tempo, time gastar, to spend 

ler, to read 

a arma, (fire)arm mandar, to order 
a cruzada, crusadé perder, to lose 
a legua, league soffrer, to suffer 


cuidadosamente, carefully 


1. Tenho andado uma legua a pé. 2. Elle tem feito 
tudo o possivel. 3. Elle tem soffrido. 4. Mande buscar 
um martello. 5. E de crer que o tempo ha de mudar-se. 
6. O nosso tio andou perdido no matto. 7. A conta foi 
paga pelo medico. 8. O nosso dinheiro foi gasto na 
viagem. 9. Vamos chegando. 10. Fica sabendo que a 
coisa ja esta feita. 11. A primeira cruzada tinha arro- 
jado para a Syria cem mil homens d’armas. 12. O 
poema’ foi lido e cuidadosamente corrigido seis vezes. 
13. Deus tinha contado os seus dias. 14. A lingua tupi 
foi modernamente estudada por Baptista Caetano. 


1. I have been impressed by his book. 2. He was 
awakened by the noise. 3. We ordered the _ horses 
brought. 4. Our friend is still speaking. 5. Where did 
you leave your hat? 6. I have left it on a chair on deck. 
7. Iam doing what they ordered. 8. I know that I shall 
not go there to-day. 


150 EXERCISES 


XXX 


REFLEXIVE VERBS 
(See § 126, pages 99-100) 


VOCABULARY 
o bilhete, ticket alugar, to rent 
o devedor, debtor calar, to hush 
o engenheiro, engineer chamar, to call 
o favor, favor comprar, to buy 
0 principe, prince decidir, to decide 
o supplicante, petitioner deitar, to lie down 
a dor, pain despedir, to take leave 
a rua, street morrer, to die 
incommodado, put out queixar, to complain 
abrir, to open retirar, to retire 


1. Elle esté se queixando. 2. Cala-te, menino. 3. Vou 
despidir-me de meus amigos. 4. Vd-se embora; va se 
deitar. 5. Parece me que é melhor retirar-se. 6. Depois 
elle arrependeu-se. 7. A casa queimou-se. 8. Aluga-se 
uma casa nesta rua. 9. Achou-se muito incommodado 
com este negocio. 10. Nao se sabe donde vem. 11. A 
porta abriu-se, e o principe appareceu. 12. Como se 
chama este cachorro? 13. Eu me chamo José. 14. Os 
bilhetes compram se nesta casa. 15. Decidiu-se o caso 
a favor do supplicante. 16. Elles morreram acreditando- 
se os devedores. 17. Podem se resumir em poucas pala- 
vras as medidas propostas pelo sr. engenheiro. 18. As 
viagens em boa companhia fazem-se rapidamente. 


1. Go away and do not return again. 2. The case 
cannot be decided to-day. 3. A horse was bought. 
4, It is not known where he lives. 5. Know that it is I 
who am speaking. 6. I ordered breakfast prepared, and 
immediately afterwards we left. 7. You may retire; I 
want to take my leave of the prince. 


as vel UUme 


EXERCISES 151 


XXXI 


IMPERATIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE, INDICATIVE, 
AND PERSONAL INFINITIVE 
(See § 127-133, pages 100-102) 


VOCABULARY 
o caipira, backwoodsman - dialogar, to converse 
o zelo, zeal permittir, to permit 
a chuva, rain proteger, to protect 
a duvida, doubt pugnar, to fight 
a esperanca, hope trazer, to fetch 
Deus, God vir, to come 
amanha, to-morrow voltar, to return 
ca, here nenhum —uma, no, none 
depressa, quickly prompto or pronto, ready 
embora, away talvez, perhaps 


1. Nao fale tao alto. 2. Traze o meu chapeo de- 


pressa. 3. Néo deve andar na chuva sem guarda-chuva. 


4. Va buscar o livro. 5. Venha ca, meu filho. 6. Va-se 
embora. 7. Dize-lhe que nado venha sinfio amanha. 
8. Quem sabe si elle vai ou si nfo vai. 9. Elle vai; nao 
ha duvida nenhuma. 10. Talvez esteja aqui. 11. Fi- 
camos contentes por acharmos tudo prompto. 12. «(Nao 
permitta Deus que eu morra sem que eu volte para ld.» 
13. Julio oviu dois caipiras dialogarem sob a janella do 
seu quarto. 


1. Don’t say that. 2. Fetch me a glass of water. 
3. Go fetch my hat. 4. Who knows where it is? 5. Per- 
haps it is in the dining-room. 6. I don’t know whether I 
shall ever come back again. 7. No one knows better 
than I do. 8. Let’s go. 


152 EXERCISES 


XXXIT 
ADVERBS 
(See § 134-135, pages 103-107) 

VOCABULARY 
a bondade, kindness baixo, low 
a palavra, word depois, afterward 
adiar, to postpone donde, whence 
adoecer, to become ill logo, at once 
possuir, to possess onde, where 
trovejar, to thunder positivo, positive 


senao, except 


1. De vez em quando vi uma luz, mas sé de longe. 
2. D’aqui a pouco vou me embora. 3. Logo depois partiu 
a cavallo. 4. Ndo ha quem possa aguentar essa viagem. 
5. Sim, senhor, creio que sim; n4&o ha duvida. 6. Elle 
nao diz senio poucas palavras. 7. Tenha a bondade de 
falar mais baixo. 8. Antes de partir elle adoeceu, de 
modo que foi preciso adiar a viagem uns vinte dias, mais 
ou menos. 9. Trovejou de vez em quando. 10. Venha 
ci Joao; deixe o chapeo ahi na mesa. 11. Donde vem e 
para onde vai. 12. Nao possuo no em tanto dado algum 
positivo a este respeito. 13. O chao que pisas, a cada 
instante te offerece a cova. Pisemos de vagar. 14. Con- 
heco-o por dentro e por fora. 15. O cavalleiro caiu de 
chofre na realidade. 


1. He arrived in the night. 2. I never saw and I never 
hope to see such an animal. 3. 1 know neither the 
one nor the other. 4. You speak much better than he. 
5. Please speak lower; please speak louder. 6. Severino 
made a trip around Brazil. 7. There is neither bread 
nor water. 8. Nowadays it is better to buy cheap and 
sell dear. 


EXERCISES £53 


XXXII 


NEGATION AND INTERROGATION 
(See § 136-138, pages 107-108) 


VOCABULARY 
o ferro, iron a bibliotheca, library 
o lapis, pencil a botina, boot 
0 negocio, business a estrada, road 
o senador, senator a populacao, population 
o trem, train estrada de ferro, railway 


o volume, volume 

calcar, to put on (shoes, socks, etc.) | comprido, long 
crer, to believe nacional, national 
conhecer, to be acquainted with pois nao, certainly 


1. N&o posso calcar esta botina. 2. Nem um nem 
outro chegou neste trem. 3. Nunca vi aquelle senador. 
4. Queira ter a bondade de passar o pao. 5. Pois nfo. 
6. Ndo tenho nada com este negocio. 7. Nao vou la 
mais nio. 8. Nao conheco nem um nem outro. 9. No 
lhe disse quasi nada. 10. Nao sei nfo, senhor. 11. Qual 
é a estrada de ferro mais comprida do Brasil? 12. A in- 
formacaio é que nio mata a honra de ninguem. 13. Elle 
nao diz sinéo poucas palavras. 14. Nao vivo sindo para 
ti. 15. Que é isso? 16. Nao tem nada; n4o ha novi- 
dade. 17. Qual delles 6 o melhor? 


1. Whose pencil is this? 2. I don’t know; I am not 
acquainted with any one here. 3. I know nothing about 
this business. 4. What is the population of Pernam- 
buco? 5. Nobody knows. 6. I never was there; I never 
saw the place. 7. Which is the largest and most impor- 
tant city in the country? 8. Is this your book? 9. No, 
sir, it isnot. 10. Where is it then? I do not know. 


154 EXERCISES 


XXXIV 


PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS 
(See § 139-145, pages 108-114) 


VOCABULARY 
o deputado, deputy a povoacao, village 
o meio, middle a regiao, region 
o pai, father a rocha, rock 
Os pais, parents a seda, silk 
a baroneza, baroness disseminar, to scatter 
a bota, boot viajar, to travel 
a camada, layer, bed apezar, in spite of 
a carta, letter capaz, capable, likely 


a confianca, confidence digno, worthy 

a educacdo, education povoado, peopled (pp. of povoar) 

a mica, mica responsavel, responsible 

1. O deputado é homem digno de toda a confianga, 

mas esté doente de uma febre. 2. A serra fica umas 
_ vinte leguas distante da villa. 3. E facil de ver que 
aquelle cavallo que é cego de um olho é capaz de morrer 
no meio do caminho. 4. A baroneza estava vestida de 
seda preta. 5. D’aquia um pouco estamos l4. 6. Nao pos- 
so ser responsavel pela educagéo de seu filho. 7. Aquella 
regiao 6 povoada pelos indios bravos. 8. Tenho noti- 
cias delle de vez em quando. 9. Estou muito cansado de 
maneira que n&o devo viajar hoje. 10. Depois que 
escrevi a carta, montei a cavallo e fui 4 villa apesar de 
estar muito doente. 11. A povoagao fica distante d’aqui 
umas vinte duas leguas ou mais. 


1. It is easy to see that he is likely to run away. 2. He 
is at present busy with writing letters. 3. This young 
man is still dependent upon his parents. 4. He is likely 
to die of hunger. 


EXERCISES 155 


XXXV 
ABBREVIATIONS 
(See § 147, pages 115-116) 
VOCABULARY 

o barao, baron a excellencia, excellency 
0 bispo, bishop a meia, stocking (abbreviation of 
o collega, colleague meia-calca) 
o cardeal, cardinal a navegacao, navigator 
o collarinho, collar ignorar, to be ignorant 
0 criado, servant affectuoso, affectionate 
o director, director directamente, directly 
0 papa, pope humilde, humble 
O par, pair la, there . 
o sentido, sense, meaning obrigado, obliged 
as calcas, trousers reverendo, reverend 
a camisa, shirt Sao, ' Saint 
a companhia, company Santo, 


1. De S. Felix fui directamente a 8S. Paulo, e de la a 
Sta. Clara pela E. F. 

2. Illmo. Exmo. Sr. Dr. 

Ant? José dos Santos Pinheiro, 
M. D. Director da Ci* de Navegagcio. 
3. De V. Ex, 
Am? e er?° obd?. | 
4. Ex™’ e Rev™? Sr. D. Antonio de Macedo Costa, 
Dig™°® Bispo do Pard. 

5. Collega, am° affe e hum? servo em J. C. 

6. Ill™e e Ex™® Snr., V. Ex* nao ignora. que em 8bro. 
p.p. veio a Roma. Snr. Baro de Penedo. 7. Deus guarde 
a V. Ex®. 8. Falle V. S* ao Papa e ao Cardeal A. n’este 
sentido. 9. AS. M. I., D. Pedro II., O. D. C. o autor. 
10. No caso que V. 8. esteja com fome. 11. Nao tenho 
nada que nfo esteja 4s ordens de V. Ex®. 


156 


1. 


EXERCISES 


XXXVI 


SIMILARITY OF WORDS 
(See § 145, page 113) 
For vocabulary see pages 117-118. 


Como fosse notorio e vulgar o amor de Alvaro a 


Leonor —. 


2. 
3. 


Elle foi nomeado director do collegio. 


? 


Esta casa é muito ordinaria, e tem as janellas 


estreitas. 


O pai delle é meu parente. 


. Pinheiro tirou a sorte grande na loteria do estado. 


O alumno assistiu ao espectaculo no dia seguinte. 


. Ascenda a luz e arme minha rede ahi perto da mesa. 


Quero partir 4s quatro horas de madrugada. 
O artista vendeu as accdes conforme o regimento da 


companhia. 


Fiquei admirado e desapontado com este negocio. 


. Estamos apreciando a musica. 
. Nossa petigéo foi deferida pelo ministro. 


Durou o espectaculo a noite inteira. 


. Apanhei uma constipacao no sereno. 


Tirou uma photographia do gado demandando 


Goyaz. 


16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 


O parente delle acordou tarde. 

O caso nfo é de minha competencia. 

A casa real de Portugal. 

Partiu de madrugada pelo vapor 4 hora marcada. 


20. Fica combinado que reuniremos nesta casa par- 
ticular. 

21. Correu a fama a contar os successos pelas mil 
boccas da defamagao. 


EXERCISES 157 


XXXVIT 
EXAMPLES OF STYLE 


The following are examples of the styles of several 
of the best writers of Portuguese. 

The literary form of the Portuguese of the Bible 
differs in some essential respects from the language 
used in every-day life just as it does in English. The 
following from a late translation of the New Testa- 
ment will serve as an example. 


THE NEW TESTAMENT 


«Os Santos Evangelhos e o livro dos actos dos Aposto- 
los, Verso fiel do original Grego» [Rio de Janeiro, 1907] 
S. Matheus, vi. 1-28. Matthew, vi. 1-23. 

«Guardae-vos de fazer as vossas boas obras deante dos 
homens, para serdes vistos por elles; de outra sorte nio 
tendes recompensa junto de vosso Pae que estd nos céos. 

Quando, pois, deres esmola, néo facas tocar a trombeta 
deante de ti, como fazem os hypocritas nas synagogas e 
nas ruas, para serem honrados dos homens; em ver- 
dade vos digo que jé receberam a sua recompensa. Tu 
porém, quando deres esmolas, nfo saiba a tua m4o es- 
querda o que faz a tua direita, para que a tua esmola 
fique em secreto; e teu Pae que vé em secreto, te 
retribuira. 

Quando orardes, nio sejaes como os hypocritas; porque 
elles gostam de orar em pé nas synagogas e nos cantos 
das ruas, para serem vistos dos homens; em verdade vos 
digo que ja receberam a sua recompensa. Tu, porém, 
quando orares, entra no teu quarto e, fechada a porta, 


158 EXERCISES 


ora a teu Pae que esta em secreto; e teu Pae que vé em 
secreto, te retribuiré. Quando orares, nao useis de repe- 
tigdes desnecessarias como os Gentios; porque pensam 
que pelo seu muito falar serio ouvidos. N4o sejaes, pois, 
como elles; porque vosso Pae sabe o que vos é necessario 
antes que lh’o pegaes. Orae, portanto, deste modo: 


Pae nosso que estas nos céos; 

sanctificado seja o teu nome; 

venha o teu reino; 

seja feita a tua vontade, assim na terra como no 
céo. 

O. pao nosso de cada dia nos da hoje; 

e perdoa-nos as nossas dividas, assim como nds 
tambem perdoamos aos nossos devedores; 

e nao nos deixes cahir em tentacao, mas livra-nos 
do mal. 


Porque se perdoardes aos homens as suas offensas, tem- 
bem vosso Pae celestial vos perdoar4; mas se nao per- 
doardes aos homens, téo pouco vosso Pae perdoard as 
vossas offensas. 

Quando jejuardes, nio tomeis um ar triste como os 
hypocritas; porque elles desfiguram os seus rostos para 
fazer ver aos homens que elles esto jejuando; em ver- 
dade vos digo que jAé receberam a sua recompensa. Tu, 
porém, quando jejuares, unge a cabeca e lava o rosto 
para nio mostrar aos homens que jejuas, mas sOmente a 
teu Pae que estdé em secreto; e teu Pae que vé em secreto, 
te retribuird. 

N4o ajunteis para vés thesouros na terra, onde a traca 
e a ferrugem os consomem, e onde os ladrées penetram e 
roubam; mas ajuntae para vés thesouros no céo, onde 


EXERCISES 159 


nem a traca nem a ferrugem os consomem, e onde os 
ladrdées nao penetram nem roubam; porque onde estiver 
o teu thesouro, ahi estaré tambem o teu coracgéo. Os 
olhos so a luz do corpo. Se elles, pois forem simples, todo 
o corpo serd luminoso; mas se forem maus, todo o teu 
corpo ficar4 4s escuras. Se, portanto, a luz que ha em 
ti, sio trevas; quéo densas sao as trevas!» 


XXXVITI 


Alexandre Herculano (1810-1877) is a distinguished 
Portuguese poet, historian, and novelist. The first 
edition of his classic ‘‘ Historia de Portugal’’ was pub- 
lished in 1846. The following extracts are from the 
6th edition of that work printed at Lisbon in 1901. 


(The First Crusade. Vol. I, p. 199.) 


«Um grande acontecimento, cujas consequencias foram 
immensas para o progresso da civilisacio, preoccupava 
por esse tempo os animos em toda a Europa a em grande 
parte da Asia. A primaeira cruzada, promovida pelo 
eremita Pedro e pelas eloquentes palavras de Urbano 11 
no concilio de Clermont, tinha arrojado para a Syria cem 
mil homens d’armas seguidos de uma turba innumeravel 
de individuos de todas as condigdes e de ambos os sexos. 
Depois de longa viagem, em que a miseria, os vicios, as 
‘doencgas e a guerra reduziram a bem pequeno numero 
essa multidiéo desordenada, Jerusalem caira nas méos 
dos cruzados, e os guerreiros que néo se tinham ar- 
mado para a conquista dos lugares sanctos puderam ir 
ainda, apds os mais fervorosos, ajudar a defender a mo- 
narchia christan! fundada na Palestina e ganhar ahi a 


1 An old form of christa; see § 5, foot-note to n. 


160 EXERCISES 


gloria e a opulencia ou a remissio de passados crimes, 
remissio que a igreja concedia com m4o larga aos que, 
pondo sobre o hombro esquerdo a cruz vermelha, se 
votavam 4 trabalhosa e arriscada peregrinacéo do ultra- 
mar. Seis annos depois da primeira invaséo, em 1101, 
uma segunda cruzada partiu para o oriente, cujos suc- 
cessos desastrados nfo impediram que novos peregrinos 
se fossem precipitar naquelle vasto sorvedouro de quantos 
homens de fé viva tinha a Europa e tambem de quantas 
fézes de corrupcao, cubiga e ferocidade havia nella. Para 
as almas crentes ou devoradas de remorsos a Syria era a 
piscina da rehabilitagio moral: para os ambiciosos e 
devassos fonte inexgotavel de fortuna e de deleites. As 
paixdes boas e mds ligavam-se num pensamento unico — 
o demandar o oriente; porque tanto a vida como a morte 
offereciam ao que partia uma perspectiva de felicidade.» 


(The Moors of Spain and Portugal in the twelfth century. 
Vol. I, 349-350.) 


«Os mahommetanos da Peninsula offerecem-nos pelo 
meiado do século x11 mais um desses exemplos, a0 mesmo 
tempo terriveis e salutares, de que abunda a historia. 
Naquelle pafs, seja qual fér o seu grdu de civilizacao e 
poderio, onde fallece o amor da patria, onde os vicios mais 
hediondos vivem 4 luz do sol, onde a todas as ambicées é 
licito pretender e esperar tudo, onde a lei, atirada para 
o charco das ruas pelo pé desdenhoso dos grandes, vai 
l4 servir de joguete ds multiddes desenfreiadas, onde a 
liberdade do homem, a magestade dos principes e as 
virtudes da familia se converteram em tres grandes 
mentiras, ha ahi uma nac&o que vai morrer. A Provi- 
dencia, que o previu, suscita entéo outro povo que 


EXERCISES 161 


venha envolver aquelle caddver no sudario dos mortos. 
Pobre, grosseiro, nio numeroso, que importa isso? Para 
pregar as taboas de um atatide qualquer pequena forca 
basta.» 


(The death of Affonso I of Portugal. Vol. I, 463-464.) 


«No longo crepusculo de velhice aborrida e enferma, o 
coragéo do valente Affonso 1 ainda pdéde dilatar-se pela 
ultima vez nos contentamentos de uma grande victoria. 
A sua boa espada repousava havia muito na bainha 
juncto do seu leito de dér; mas consold4-lo-hia a certeza de 
que deixava um filho digno delle no esforgo, e uma nacio 
cheia de energia e de esperanca, a qual lhe devia quasi 
inteiramente a sua vida politica. A resistencia inven- 
civel que as forcgas de terra e de mar do imperio mussul- 
mano tinham encontrado em Portugal provava-lhe que 
0 povo educado por elle passara em curtos annos de debil 
infancia a juventude robusta. O edeficio da indepen- 
dencia nacional, desenhado pelo conde Henrique, cimen- 
tado por D. Theresa e realisado de todo o ponto por elle, 
achava-se, emfim, concluido com a seguranca necessaria 
para resistir 4 destruidora accéo dos séculos . . . 

O. ultimo anno da vida de Affonso 1 passou sem que a 
historia tivesse nada que mencionar acerca deste principe. 
O guerreiro como que j4 dormitava no somno da. morte, 
que em breve devia cerrar-lhe perpetuamente as pdlpebras. 
Apenas alguns documentos dessa épocha nos mostram 
que nos seus derradeiros dias néo abandonou de todo o 
leme do estado, ao passo que se mostrava ainda liberal 
para a igreja, com quem sempre repartira largamente os 
fructos das suas conquistas. Veio, enfim, a fallecer a 6 
de dezembro de 1185 depois de governar este pais com 

\ 


162 EXERCISES 


os titulos d’infante e de principe doze annos e com o de 
rei quarenta e cinco. Ordenara elle que o enterrassem 
no mosteiro de Sancta Cruz de Coimbra, onde jaziam 
tambem as cinzas de sua esposa D. Mafalda. Ahi, de 
feito, descansou finalmente aquelle corpo gasto de tantas 
lidas em sepultura modesta, conforme permittia a rudeza 
dos tempos, até que elrei D. Manuel lhe alevantou o rico 
mausoléo em que ainda hoje se guardam os ossos do fun- 
dodor da monarchia.» 


XXXIX 


Almeida Garrett (Joio Baptista da Silva Leitdo, 
Visconde d’ Almeida, 1799-1854) the most popular 
poet of Portugal published some twenty-seven vol- 
umes of poems, plays, history, etc. 

The following extract is from a poem entitled 
““Camoes,” canto V, stanza x1. The first edition 
of this poem appeared in 1825. 


CINTRA 


«Oh Cintra! oh saudosissimo retiro, 
Onde se esquecem mdgoas, onde folga 
De se olvidar no seio 4 natureza 
Pensamentos que imbala adormecedo 
O sussurro das folhas, c’o murmurio 
Das despenhadas lymphas misturado! 
Quem, descansando 4 fresca sombra tua, 
Sonhou sendo venturas? Quem, sentado 
No musgo de tuas rocas escarpadas, 
Kspairecendo os olhos satisfeitos 
Por céos, por mares, por montanhas, prados, 


EXERCISES 163 


Por quanto ha hi! mais bello no universo, 
Nao sentiu arrobar-se-lhe a existencia, 
Poisar-lhe 0 coracéo suavamente 

Sobre esquecidas penas, amarguras, 
Ancias, lavor da vida? — Oh grutas frias, 
Oh gemedoras fontes, oh suspiros 

De namoradas selvas, brandas veigas, 
Verdes outeiros, gigantescas serras! 

Ndo vos verei eu mais, delicias d’alma? 
Troncos onde eu cortei queridos nomes 
D’amisade e de amor, n4o hei de um dia 
Perguntar-vos por elles? Soletrando 
N4o irei pelas arvores crescidas 

Os caracteres que, em tenrinhas plantas, 
Pelas verdes corticas lh’entalhara! 

Oh! se inda? eu vos verei! . . .» 


XL 


Joaquim Nabuco (born in the province of Pernam- 
buco, Brazil, in 1847; died at Washington January 
17, 1910) was one of the ablest and best-known of 
Brazilian statesmen, diplomats, and writers. 

The following extract from “ Minha Formagcio,”’ 
Paris, 1900, pages 223-225, is a good example of his 
writing, and at the same time throws light upon his 
character and upon his career asthe leader of the 
antislavery movement in Brazil. 


«Tornei a visitar doze annos depois a capellinha de S. 
Matheus onde minha madrinha, Dona Anna Rosa Falcao 


1 hi in place of ahi. ? inda for ainda. 


164 EXERCISES 


de Carvalho, jaz na parede ao lado do altar, e pela pe- 
quena sacristia abandonada penetrei no cercado onde 
eram enterrados os escravos . . . Cruzes, que talvez n&o 
existam mais, sobre montes de pedras escondidas pelas 
ortigas, era tudo quasi que restava do opulenta fabrica, 
como se chamava o quadro da escravatura... Em 
baixo, na planicie, brilhavam como outr’ora as manchas 
verdes dos grandes cannaviaes, mas a usina agora fume- 
gava_e assobiava com um vapor agudo, annunciando uma 
vida nova. A almanjarra! desapparecera no passado. 
O trabalho livre tinha tomado o logar em grande parte 
do trabalho escravo. O engenho apresentava do lado do 
«porto» o aspecto de uma colonia; da casa velha nfo 
ficdra vestigio . . . O sacrificio dos pobres negros que 
haviam incorporado as suas vidas ao futuro d’aquella 
propriedade, nao existia mais talvez senfdo na minha 
lembranga . . . Debaixo dos meus pés estava tudo o 
que restava d’elles, defronte dos columbaria onde dormiam 
na estreita capella. aquelles que elles haviam amado e 
livremente servido. Sosinho alli, invoquei todas as min- 
has reminiscencias, chamei-os a muitos pelos nomes, 
aspirei no ar carregado de aromas agrestes, que entretem 
a vegetacéo sobre suas covas, 0 sopro que lhes dilatava o 
coracdéo e lhes inspirava a sua alegria perpetua. Foi 
assim que o problema moral da escravidéo se desenhou 
pela primeira vez aos meus olhos em sua nitidez perfeita 
e com sua solucaéo obrigatoria. Nao s6 esses escravos 
nio se tinham queixado de sua senhora, como a tinham 
até o fim abencoado ... A gratidéo estava do lado de 
quem dava. Elles morreram acreditando-se os deve- 


1 Almanjarra is the name given the old-fashioned cane mill that 
was turned by oxen or horses. 


—————— re 


EXERCISES 165 


dores ... seu carinho n&o teria deixado germinar a 
mais leve suspeita de que o senhor pudesse ter uma 
obrigacéo para com elles, que lhe pertenciam . . . Deus 


- conservara alli o coracaéo do escravo, como o do animal 


fiel, longe do contacto com tudo que o pudesse revoltar 
contra a sua dedicacéo. Esse perdio espontaneo da 
divida do senhor pelos escravos figurou-se-me a amnistia 
para os paizes que cresceram pela escravidéo, o meio de 
escaparem a um dos peiores talides da historia . . . Oh! 
os Santos pretos! seriam elles os intercessores pela nossa 
infeliz terra, que regaram com seu sangue, mas aben- 
coaram com seu amor! Eram essas as idéas que me_ 
vinham entre aquelles tumulos, para mim, todos elles, 
sagrados, e entéo alli mesmo, aos vinte annos, formei a 
resolucéo de votar a minha vida, si assim me fosse dado, 
ao servico da raca generosa entre todas que a desegual- 
dade da sua condic&o enternecia em vez de azedar e que 
por sua dogura no soffrimento emprestava até mesmo 4 
oppressao de que era victima um reflexo de bondade . . .» 


XLI 


Julia Lopes d’ Almeida, native of the province of 
S. Paulo, Brazil, is the authoress of many romances 
and other writings. She has a charming straight- 
forwardness and simplicity of style. She is the one 
writer who has had the artistic insight to appreciate, 
and the courage to set down in its true form, the 
language of the caipiras and of the old slaves. The 
following brief example taken from ‘‘ A Familia 
Medeiros ”’ 2a ed. 8. Paulo 1894, 261-265, will give 
an idea of the character of the patois of the interior 


166 EXERCISES 


of S. Paulo. The correct words inserted in brackets 
do not, of course, appear in the original. 


«Eram seis horas da manh& quando Octavio, accor- 
dando, ouvio dois caipiras dialogarem sob a janella do 
seu quarto. Dizia um: 

— Seu [Senhor] Rom4o ja disse qui o mais félte di nois 
tudo [forte de nos todos] 60 Braz. . . 

— Tché!! na terra! o mais félte di nois tudo [forte de 
nos todos] sou eu! 

—Seu Zé [Senhor José] Riba mandou chamé [char- 
mar] um capanga di [de] fora, um td Furctuoso! [tal 
Fructuoso] 

— Kh! sae cinza! 

— Os [o] coitado ... 

— Qué [probably for quem é] coitado? 

— Da gente do dotéd . . . [doutor] 

—Foi nho [Senhor] Triguero que mandou cham4 
[chamar] mecé [vossa mercé]? 

— Nido foi nio; eu vim trazé [trazer] um recado de 
nhé [Senhor] Juca, pro [para] méde [modo] elle f [ir] l& 
combind [combinar] as [a] coisa; o diabo é que fica talde 
[tarde] e eu perciso [preciso] i mi [ir me] embora. 

— Mecé [vossa mercé] foi convidado pra [para al] 
festa? 

— Fui. 

— Quem foi que convidou mecé? [vossa mercé] 

—Nhé [Senhor] Carro [Carlos] de Lima, mais [mas] 
nio vou néo! 


1 Tché, an exclamation; this sound is only used in Brazil in cer- 
tain parts of 8. Paulo, and in Minho and Tras-os-Montes in Portugal, 
where it probably originated. 


EXERCISES 167 


—Ué! Isso 6 o mesmo que pinché [pinchar] dinheiro 
fora! 


—f}...mais [mas] n&io vou. Eu quando vejo 
sangue fico tao patife [for covarde] que até chego a sé 
[ser] vil! 


Ouvindo o nome de Fructuoso ligado dquellas palavras 
mysteriosas, Octavio. ergueu-se e abriu a janella, mas 
jA os dois caipiras se tinham afastado; um d’elles con- 
versava com o Trigueirinhos, que o ouvia de rosto carre- 
gado; o outro desapparecia na porta do pateo com um 
feixe de palmitos ao hombro. 


Estavam assim, quando ouviram o rodar de um troly;' 
chegavam os Francos. Noemia estremeceu e approximou- 
se instinctivamente da mae, como a pedir-lhe misericordia 
e apoio. 

- Momentos depois, entravam na sala o coronel Cer- 
queira Franco e o filho. 

O coronel era um velho robusto, alto, corpulento, de 
barba farta a encobrir-lhe todo o peito, andar pesado e 
grandes mos cabelludas. O filho, egualmente alto e 
forte, tinha o aspecto agradavel, o olhar sereno, um 
sorriso bondoso e feliz de creanca posto nos grossos labios 
de um homem. 

O commendador apresentou-o a Noemia, dizendo-lhe: 

— Esta é que é vossa noiva! 

Elle corou; ella, sem levantar os olhos, extendeu-lhe a 
mao, gelada e tremula. 

Houve um instante de silencio, que o coronel Cerqueira 


1 Small spring wagon, or buckboard, introduced into 8. Paulo 
about 1870; it is known by the English name of trolly. 


168 EXERCISES 


Franco se apressou em cortar fallando num tom alto, 
com certa intimidade e alegria. | 

Voltando-se para o filho exclamou: 

— Vocé tem uma noiva muito bonita; carece agora de 
tratal-a bem, ouviu? bonita e ...commoda! porque 
é tio delicada que ha de ser por forga muito leviana! 
[leve] cabe num canto do bolso de Julio! 

Pouco depois, uma mucama chamou para o almoco. 

Enchendo o seu prato de quiréra [milho pizado] e loml o 
de porco, o coronel Franco proseguia: 

—D. Nicota, a senhora descurpe [desculpe] a fran- 
queza! mas quando eu passei na cachoeira de Piras- 
sununga, hontem de talde [tarde], tavam [estavam] cagando 
peixe [pescando], entéo apeguei de trazé [trazer] um 


dourado pra [para] sua ceia . . .» E dirigindo-se imme- 
diatamente ao Trigueirinhos: 

— «Seu tio 6 bem bom... eu j& pousel aqui na 
visinhanga uma noite, em casa do . . . de um chimbéva' 
moreno. ... ) 

— «O Prates?» 

— «Isso! ... nao me alembrava [lembrava] o nome, 


era casado com uma moca da Limeira.. . oh! que 
mulher fogueta!» 

Os outros riram-se; elle continuou: 

— Estou ficando com os pés fria [frios]! acho que é 
porque a varanda é de tijolo! Trigueirinhos? vocés nao 
aquentam fogo, nao? 

—Que sim, responderam. De vez em quando, no 
inverno, faziam fogo na sala de jantar, entre as redes; 
agora porem, em fevereiro, nem se lembravam disso! 

O coronel Franco proseguiu fallando sempre, ora das 


1 Flat-nosed person, 


EXERCISES 169 


suas propriedades em diversos locaes da provincia, ora 
do casamento do filho, etc. . . . A sobremesa disse ter 
ouvido de dois passageiros, no trem, grandes injurias 4s 
auctoridades de Casa Branca, e tambem que haveria 
nessa cidade uma revolucéo de escarvos! isso é que era 
o diabo! Deveria dar credito a semelhante boato? in- 
dagava elle, mastigando com a completa dentadura 
postica o doce de abobora moranga, servido ds talhadas. 


XLII 


Antonio Goncalves Dias (1824-1864) was a native 
of the province of Maranhéo in Brazil, and was 
educated at the University of Coimbra in Portugal. 
He is the most popular of the Brazilian poets. Every 
Brazilian knows by heart his beautiful “‘ cangéo do 
exilo’’ written at Coimbra in 1843. 


CANCAO DO EXILO 


Minha terra tem palmeiras, 
Onde canta o Sabia;! 

As aves, que aqui gorgelao, 
Nao gorgeiéo como Ia. 


Nosso céo tem mais estrellas, 
Nossas varzeas tem mais flores, 
Nossos bosques tem mais vida, 
Nossa vida mais amores. 

Em scismar, sosinho, 4 noite, 
Mais prazer encontro eu 14; 
Minha terra tem palmeiras, 
Onde canta o Sabi. 


1 Sabia is the popular name of a kind of Brazilian robin. 


170 EXERCISES 


Minha terra tem primores, 

Que taes nao encontro eu cé4; 

Em scismar — sésinho, 4 noite — 
_ Mais prazer encontro eu 1a; 

Minha terra tem palmeiras, 

Onde canta o Sabid. 


“Nao permitta Deos que eu morta, 
Sem que eu volte para 14; 

Sem que desfructe os primores 
Que nao encontro por ca; 

Sem qu’inda aviste as palmeiras, 
Onde canta o Sabid. 


XLUI 


The Marquez de Maricd (1773-1848) one of the 
illustrious statesmen and litterateurs of Brazil was 
especially noted for his maxims, examples of which 
are given here. 


MAXIMAS, PENSAMENTOS, E REFLEXOES 


Ninguem considera a sua ventura superior ao seu 
merito, mas todos se queixdo das injustigcas dos homens e 
da fortuna. 

A modestia doura os talentos, a vaidade os deslustra. 

Os abusos, como os dentes, nunca se arrancéo sem 
déres. _ 

Quando o povo n&o acredita na probidade, a immo- 
ralidade é geral.. 

O moco devasso péde emendar-se, o velho vicioso he 
incorrigivel. 


Se Te 


EXERCISES 171 

Os mais arrojados em fallar séo ordinariamente os 
menos profundos em saber. | 

A virtude resistindo se reforga. 

A virtude he communicavel, mas 0 vicio contagioso. 

Os governos fracos fazem fortes os ambiciosos e in- 
surgentes. , 

Ninguem duvida tanto como aquelle que mais sabe. 

A bravura é taciturna, mas a cobardia garrulenta. 

Ninguem é grande homem em tudo e em todo o tempo. 

Nao é dado ao saber humano conhecer toda a extensdo 
da sua ignorancia. 

Os medicos accusao a natureza, os enfermos aos medicos. 

Muita sciencia occasiona muita incerteza. 

Nenhum governo é bom para os homens méos. 

Soffrei privagdes na mocidade, e sereis regalados na 
velhice. 

Queixamo-nos da fortuna para desculpar a nossa 
preguiga. | 

O odio e a guerra que declaramos aos outros nos gasta 
e€ consome a nds mesmos. 

Velhos ha que bem merecem ser comparados aos. vol- 
cdes extinctos. 

Os bons exemplos dos pais sio as melhores ligdes e a 
melhor heranga para os filhos. 

A importunidade é algumas vezes mais feliz que o 
merecimento. 

A liberdade 6 a'que nos constitue entes moraes bons ou 
mdos: é hum grande bem para quem tem juizo; e para 
quem o nao tem, um mal gravissimo. 

Nao ha cousa mais facil que vencer os outros homens, 
nem mais difficil que vencer-nos a nés mesmos. 

Entre as paixdes humanas a ambicéo tem tanto de nobre 
como a avareza de ignobil. 


172 EXERCISES 


Os nossos maiores inimigos existem dentro de ‘nés 
mesM0os: s&O OS NoOssos erros, Vicios e paixdes. 

Em algumas revolugédes 0 jogo continia como dantes, 
& excepcao do barulho e jogadores que sao novos. 

As revolugdes politicas, quando nao melhorao, dete- 
rioréo, necessariamente a sorte das nacées. 

As nagdes, como as pessoas, aprendem errando e 
soffrendo. 

Nao ha escravidao peior que a dos vicios e paix6es. 

Huma revolucao feliz justifica os maiores crimes e os 
eleva 4 cathegoria de virtudes. 

Deve-se usar da liberdade, como de vinho, com mode- 
racéo e sobriedade. 

A plena liberdade é como a pedra philosophal, pro- 
curada por muitos e por nenhum descoberta. 

Ninguem é téo prudente em dispender o seu dinheiro 
como aquelle que melhor conhece as difficuldades de o 
ganhar honradamente. 

A forga sem intelligencia 6 como o movimento sem 
direccao. 

Nao se apaga o fogo com resinas, nem a colera com més 
palavras. 

Os ignorantes exagerio sempre mais que os intelli- 
gentes. 

Os prazeres, como as rosas, estéo bordados de espinhos; 
colhélos sem ferir-se é o requinte da prudencia e habili- 
dade humana. 

Os pobres declamao contra a riqueza para se conso- 
larem ou se justificarem de nao serem ricos. 

A melhor entidade da terra é huma boa mulher, a peior 
a que é ma. | 

A desconfianga é o tormento dos velhos, receido-se de 
todos e de tudo. 


EXERCISES 173 


A morte salda muitas contas que a vida nao pode 
ajustar. 

A melhor companhia acha-se em huma escolhida 
livraria. 

Huma boa letra nfo annuncia vasta intelligencia, nem 
huma eloquencia brilhante profunda sapiencia. 

A ignorancia é mae da supersticaéo e fanatismo. 

A gente moga nao sabe apreciar os bens do que goza, 
nem avaliar os males que nao padece. 

Os que sabem menos sao ordinariamente os que falldo 

mais. 
Sem philosophia nfo ha sabedoria: quem na&o é philo- 
sopho nao pdéde ser sabio. 

Todos se accusio ou se queixio de pouco dinheiro, 
nenhum de pouco juizo. 

A litteratura ingleza deve servir de antidoto 4 fran- 
ceza: esta vicia, aquella moralisa os seus cultores. 

A vaidade é um elemento muito importante da felici- 
dade humana. 


MEU EPITAPHIO 


Aqui jaz 0 corpo apenas 
Do marquez de Marica: 
Quem quizer saber-lhe da alma, 
Nos seus livros a achara. 


XLIV 


Luis de Camées (born at Lisbon in 1524, died 
in 1579) was the greatest literary genius ever pro- 
duced by Portugal. His ‘“ Lusiddas”’ is the most 
celebrated poem in the Portuguese language. It is 


174 EXERCISES 


an epic, and treats of the discovery of India by the 
early Portuguese navigators. 

The extracts that follow are from the first Canto 
of the ‘‘ Lusiddas.”’ In verses vi to xvitt of the first 
Canto the poet addresses himself to Dom Sebastiao 
who was king of Portugal from 1557 to 1578. At 
xix the ships are under sail, and at xx Jupiter calls 
together the gods to decide the fate of the enterprise. 


CANTO PRIMEIRO 


VI 
E vos, 6 bem nascida seguranca 
Da Lusitana! antigua liberdade, 
E nao menos certissima esperancga 
De augmento da pequena Christandade: 
Vés, 6 novo temor da Maura langa, 
Maravilha fatal’ da nossa idade; 
Dada ao mundo por Deos, que todo o mande, 
Para do mundo a Deos dar parte grande: 


VII 


Vés, tenro e novo ramo florecente 

De huma arvore de Christo mais amada 
Que nenhuma nascida no Occidente, 
Cesdrea, ou Christianissima chamada: 
Véde-o no vosso escudo, que presente 
Vos amostra a victoria j4 passada; 

Na qual vos deo por armas, e deixou 

As que elle para si na Cruz tomou: 


1 Lusitania was an ancient province of Spain that included 
a large part of modern Portugal, of which it is often used as a 
synonym. ? fateful. 


<UL 
° 


EXERCISES 175 


VIII 


Vés, poderoso Rei, cujo alto imperio 
O Sol logo em nascendo vé primeiro; 
Vé-o tambem no meio do hemispherio; 
E quando desce, o deixa derradeiro: 
V6s, que esperamos jugo, e vituperio 
Do torpe Ismaelita cavalleiro, 

Do Turco oriental, e do Gentio 

Que inda! bebe o licor’ do sancto? rio. 


Ix 


Inclinai por hum pouco a magestade, 

Que nesse tenro gesto vos contemplo; 
Que jd se mostra qual na inteira idade, 
Quando subindo ireis ao eterno templo. 
Os olhos da Real benignidade 

Ponde no chao: vereis hum novo exemplo 
De amor dos patrios feitos valerosos, 

Em versos divulgado numerosos. 


XIX 


J& no largo Oceano navegavam, 

As inquietas ondas apartando; 

Os ventos brandamente respiravam, 

Das ndos as velas concavas inchando: 

Da branca escuma os mares se mostravam 
Cobertos, onde as proas v4o cortando 

As maritimas aguas consagradas, 

Que do gado de Proteo sao cortadas. 


1 ainda. ? liquor. 3 santo. 


176 EXERCISES 


xX 


Quando os deoses' no Olympo luminoso, 
Onde o governo esté da humana gente, 
Se ajuntam em concilio glorioso 

Sobre as cousas futuras do Oriente: 
Pisando o crystallino céo formoso, 

Vem pela via Lactea juntamente, 
Convocados da parte do Tonante’ 

Pelo neto gentil do velho Atlante. 


1 See deus. ? Jupiter Tonans. 


VOCABULARIES 


including index to rules, tables, conjugations of verbs, and 
examples in the text. 


The numbers and letters refer to the paragraphs of the text. 

The gender of the nouns is indicated by the use of the definite 
article o (masculine) or a (feminine) before the noun. The article 
when thus used is not translated in the vocabulary. 


ABBREVIATIONS 
adj. adjective pp. 
adv. adverb pr. part. 
art. article pl. 
conj. conjunction prep. 
£. feminine pro. 
int. interjection 8. 
mM. masculine 
ord. ordinal numeral 





past participle 
present participle 
plural 
preposition 
pronoun 
substantive 

verb 


The part of speech is indicated only in cases where doubt is 


possible. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


A 


a, art., the, § 14-16. 

a, prep., to, of, § 122a, 123a, b, 
c, d, e, 124, 139, 141. 

a, that, § 87. 

a, as, them, § 65. 

abaixo, below, § 144. 

abandonar, to abandon. 

ABBREVIATIONS, § 147. 

a abelha, bee, § 26c. 

abengcoar, to bless. 

aberto, adj., open. 

a abobora, squash, pumpkin. 

aborrido, sad, tedious, weari- 
some. 

abracar, to embrace, 

abranger, to contain. 

Abril, April. 

abrir, to open. 

ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE, 
§ 44. 

abundar, to abound. 


_ 0 abuso, abuse. 
_ acabar, to finish, § 123f. 
_ a ac¢ao, action, share. 


accender, to light, set fire. 


ACCENT MARKS, § 8. 


accessivel, accessible. 


_ accordar, to waken. 
- accusar, to accuse, complain. 
_ aceitar, to accept. 


Se 


_ acerca, concerning. 


achar, to find, § 124a, 138. 


179 


acima, above, § 144. 
acola, there, § 135r. 
acompanhar, to 

§ 124c. 
acontecer, to happen. 
o acontecimento, occurrence. 
acreditar, to believe. 
a actividade, activity. 
activo, active. 
o actor, actor. 
adiante, before (in space). 
adiar, to postpone. 
ADJECTIVES, § 39. 
a admiracao, admiration. 
admirado, surprised. 
adoecer, to fall ill, sicken. 
adoptar, to adopt. 
adormecido, lulled. 
ADVERBS, § 134. 
a adversidade, adversity. 
o advogado, lawyer. 
afastar, to withdraw, go away. 
a affabilidade, affability. 
affectuosamente, affectionately. 
affectuoso, affectionate. 
affeicoado, addicted to, inclined. 
afigurado, shapely, fine look- 

ing. 
afim, for the purpose of, § 144-5. 
a agonia, agony. 
agora, now. 
o agosto, August. 
agradavel, agreeable. 
agradecer, to thank, § 122i. 


accompany, 


180 


agreste, of the forest, untilled, 
rough. 

a agua, water. 

agudo, sharp, acute. 

aguentar, to endure, stand. 

a aguia, eagle, § 26c. 

ahi, there, § 135c. 

ainda, yet, § 135q, 145. 

ajuntar, to get together, accu- 
mulate. 

ajustar, to adjust. 

a alegria, joy, joyfulness. 

alem, beyond, § 144. 

alevantar, to get up, lift, build. 

o alfinete, pin. 

algo, something, § 100b. 

o algodao, cotton. 

alguem, some one. 

algum, some, any, no, § 101. 

ali, there, § 135d. 

o allemao, German (and adj.). 

alli, see ali. 

a alma, soul. 

almocar, to breakfast, § 1227. 

o almoco, breakfast. 

ALPHABET, § 1. 

o altar, altar. 

a alteza, highness, § 147. 

alto, high, tall, § 45, 134e. 

alugar, to let, rent. 

o alumno, student. 

alvo, white. 

a ama, nurse. 

a amabilidade, kindness, friend- 
liness. 

amanhan, or amanha, to-morrow. 

amar, to love. 

amarello, yellow. 

a amargura, bitterness, grief. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


amavel, amiable, friendly. 

a ambic4o, ambition. 

ambicioso, ambitious. 

ambos, both. 

o amigo, friend. 

a amizade, friendship. 

a amnistia, amnesty. 

o amor, love. 

amostrar, to show (also mostrar). 

a ancia, anxiety, perplexity. 

andar, to walk, § 109e, 124a. 

o andar, floor. 

angelico, angelic. 

o animal, animal. 

0 animo, mind, spirit. 

o annel, ring, § 20. 5. 

© anno, year. 

annunciar, to announce. 

anoitecer, to become night. 

ante-hontem, day before yester- 
day. 

ANTEPENULT, ACCENTED, 
§ 9d. 

antes, before (in time), rather, 
§ 145. 

o antidoto, antidote. 

antigo, ancient, old. 

o anzol, fish-hook. 

aonde, where, § 135m. 

apagar, to put out, extinguish. 

apanhar, to catch. 

apartar, to part, separate. 

apegar, see pegar. 

apenas, barely, merely. 

apesar, in spite of, § 145. 

© apoio, support. 

apontar, to point, take aim. 

apés, after, behind. 

0 apostolo, apostle. 


aa 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 181 


apparelhar, to prepare, fit out. o asylo, asylum, refuge, home. 
0 appetite, appetite. o ataude, coffin. 
apprehender, to learn. até, to, at, until, § 122c. 
apreciar, to appreciate, enjoy. atirar, to throw, throw down, 
apresentar, to present, intro- shoot. 

duce. atrever—se, to dare, venture. 
apressar, to hasten. o atrevimento, boldness, daring. 
aproveitar, to improve the op-_ attento, attentive. 

portunity, turn to account. attingir, to attain. 
aproximar, to approach. attracar, to make fast. 
aquelle —a, that, § 84. AUGMENTATIVES, § 35, 46. 
aquentar, to heat, fire. o augmento, increase. 
aqui, here; d’aqui, hence, § 134, 0 autor, author. 

135a. a autora, authoress. 
aquillo, that, § 85. a autoridade, authority. 
O ar, air, appearance. AUXILIARY VERBS, § 109. 
ardente, ardent. o auxilio, help. 
a areia, sand. avaliar, to value. 
a arma, (fire)arm. a avareza, avarice. 
armar, to arm. . a ave, bird. 
a aroma, aroma, sweet odor. avistar, to see, get sight of. 
arrancar, to pull out, extricate, a av6, grandmother. 

§ 108, 123f. o avo, grandfather. 
arrepender-se, to repent, § 126b. -avo, suffix in fractions, § 61a. 
arriscado, dangerous, risky. a aza, wing. 


arriscar, to risk. azedar, to embitter. 
arrobar, to ravish, put in ecstasy. 0 azeite, oil. 


arrojado, bold, rash. azul, blue, § 41f. 

arrojar, to drag. 

a arvore, tree. B 

ascender, to light. o bacalhau, codfish. 

o aspecto, aspect. o bacharel, bachelor (academic). 
aspirar, to breathe. a bahia, bay. 

assignalar, to distinguish. a bainha, sheath, scabbard. 
assim, so, thus. baixo, low, § 134e. 

agsistir, to assist, to be present. a bala, ball, bullet. 

assoberbar, to vex. balancar, to balance, swing, 
assobiar, to hiss, whistle. rock. i 


oO assucar, sugar. a bandeira, flag, banner 


182 


a banha, lard. 

o banho, bath. 

o bar4o, baron. 

barato, cheap. 

a barba, beard. 

barbaro, barbarous. 

a baroneza, baroness. 

a barra, bar, mouth of stream. 

o barril, barrel, § 20. 6. 

o barro, clay. 

o barulho, noise. 

bastante, enough. 

bastar, to suffice. 

a batalha, battle. 

a batata, potato. 

bater, to beat, knock. 

beber, to drink. 

0 beico, lip. 

bello, fine, handsome.” 

o Beltrano, § 94. 

bem, well; se bem que, § 145. 

o bem, good; pl., bens, goods; 
bens de raiz, real estate. 

bemdito, see bemdizer. 

a bencdo, blessing. 

a benignidade, benignity. 

o betume, pitch, tar. 

a bibliotheca, library. 

o bilhete, ticket. 

o bispo, bishop. 

boa, see bom. 

0 boato, report, rumor. 

a boca, mouth. 

0 boi, ox. 

bolir, see bulir. 

o bolso, pocket. 

bom, good, § 41g, 51. 

a bondade, goodness, kindness. 

bondoso, good, good-natured. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


bonito, pretty, handsome. 
bordar, to border, surround. 
0 bosque, woods, grove. 
botar, to put, place. 

a botica, apothecary’s shop. 
a botina, boot. 

o brago, arm. 

branco, white. 
brandamente, gently. 
brando, gentle, sweet. 

o brasileiro, Brazilian (and-adj.). 
bravo, wild. 

a bravura, bravery. 

o breu, pitch, tar. 

breve, short. 

brilhante, brilliant. 

brilhar, to shine, glitter. 

o brilho, brilliancy. 
brincar, to play, fool. 

bulir, to disturb, stir. 
buscar, to fetch, bring. 


Cc 


ca, here, § 135b. 

a cabeca, head; round-topped 
mountain. 

o cabello, hair. 

cabelludo, hairy. 

caber, to hold, § 112, p. 83. 

a cabra, goat. 

a cachoeira, water-fall. 

o cachorro, dog. 

cada, each, § 1007. 

o cadaver, dead body. 

a cadeira, chair. 

© caes, quay, mole, § 20b. 

o café, coffee. 

cahir, to fall, § 110, p. 82. 

0 caipira, backwoodsman. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


a caixa, box; caixa economica, 


savings-bank. 

0 caixao, big box. 
cise X. 

a cal, lime, § 20. 4. 

calar, to hush, silence, § 126b. 

calcar, to put on (shoes, socks, 
trousers), § 122. 

as calcas (pl.), trousers, § 21. 

o calor, heat, § 121. 

a camada, bed, layer (of rock). 

a camara, room. 

0, a camarada, companion. 

o camareiro, chamberlain. 

o camarote, cabin (on ship), box 
(in theater). 

o caminho, road, way. 

a camisa, shirt. 

o campo, field, plain. 

cancar, to tire, weary. 

o cannavial, cane field. 

cansado, see cang¢ar. 

cantar, to sing. 

o canto, corner; song. 

o cantor, singer. 

a cantora, songstress. 

o cao, dog. 

o capanga, hired assassin. 

capaz, capable, § 139a. . 

a capela, chapel. 

CAPITAL LETTERS, § 12. 

-o capital, principal; f., capital 
(city), § 31. 

o capitalista, capitalist. 

o capitao, captain. 

caprichoso, erratic, whimsical. 

o caracter, character, hand- 
writing. 

o cardeal, cardinal. 


See Exer- 


183 


carecer, to need, require. 

a caridade, charity. 

o carinho, kindness, affection. 

a carne, meat, flesh. 

caro, dear, expensive. 

carregado, heavy, loaded. 

o carro, cart, wagon, carriage. 

a carta, letter. 

a casa, house. 

a casaca, (long) coat. 

oO casamento, marriage. 

casar, to marry. 

© caso, case. 

a categoria, list, category. 

a cathedral, cathedral. 

caudal, mighty. 

a causa, cause, 
(law). 

o cavalheiro, knight, noble- 
man; adj., noble, gentleman- 
like. 

o cavalleiro, horseman, cavalier, 
gentleman. 

a cavallo, horse. 

caxoeira, see cachoeira. 

cear, to sup. 

cedo, early. 

cego, blind, § 139a. 

a ceia, supper. 

celebre, celebrated, § 143. 

celestial, heavenly. 

cem, one hundred. 

o cemiterio, cemetery. 

os centenares, hundreds. 

o centesimo, hundredth. 

cento, hundred, p. 50. 

o ceo, heaven. 

cerca, about, § 144. 

o cercado, enclosure. 


reason, case 


184 


cercar, to encircle, surround, en- 
close, § 124c, 143. 

cerrar, to close. 

a certeza, certainty. 

certo, sure, certain, § 51, 100f. 

certleo, cerulean, bluish, azure. 

cessar, to cease, § 122e, 123/. 

o cha, tea. 

a chaleira, tea-kettle. 

chamar, to call. _ 

chao, adj., plain. 

o chao, ground. 

o chapeo, hat. 

o charco, mud, puddle. 

a chave, key. 

o chefe, chief. 

chegar, to arrive, suffice, § 122c. 

cheio, full. 

o chicote, (riding) whip. 

a chinela, slipper. 

chorar, to weep, cry. 

chover, to rain. 

christao, Christian. 

a chuva, rain. 

a cidadao, citizen. 

a cidade, city. 

cimentar, to cement. 

cinco, five, § 55. 

cincoenta, fifty. 

a cinza, ashes. 

a cithara, cithern, lute. 

0 ciume, jealousy. 

civil, civil. 

a civilisacao, civilization. 

civilisado, civilized. ° 

claro, clear. 

classificar, to classify. 

o clima, climate. 

/a cobardia, cowardice. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


coberto, covered. 

cobicar, see cubigar. 

a cobra, snake, § 26c. 

cobrir, to cover, § 124c. 

0 coco, coconut. 

a coisa, see cousa. 

coitado, poor (fellow) (term of 
endearment or pity), § 146. 

a colera, wrath. 

a colher, spoon; v., to collect, 
gather. 

o collarinho, collar. 

a colleccdo, collection. 

o collega, colleague. 

a colonia, colony. 

com, with, § 122d, 142. 

combinar, to combine, arrange. 

comegar, to begin, § 123¢, f. 

comer, to eat. 

comigo, see commigo. 

o commendador, commander. 

commigo, with me, § 65c. 

commodo, convenient, handy. 

COMMON TERMINATIONS 
of m. and f. nouns, § 27. 

commun, common. 

communicavel, communicable. 

comnosco, with us, § 65c. 

como, adv., how, as, § 131. 

a compaix4o, compassion. 

a companhia, company. 

a comparacdo, comparison. 

comparar, to compare. 

COMPARISONS, § 42-45. 

completamente, completely. 

completo, complete, whole. 

COMPOUND PLURALS, § 22. 

comprar, to buy. 

comprido, long. 


a a ae ee 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


comsigo, with himself, by him- 
self, etc., § 67. 

comtigo, with thee, § 65c. 

concavo, concave. 

conceder, to concede, grant. 

o concilio, council. 

o conde, count. 

a condicao, condition. 

CONDITIONAL ENDINGS 
AND MEANINGS, § 106, 
107. 

a confianca, confidence. 

conforme, according as. 

confranger-se, to shrink: 

conhecer, to know, be 
quainted with, § 143. 

CONJUNCTIONS, § 145. 

a conquista, conquest. 

consagrado, consecrated. 

o conselheiro, counselor. 

o conselho, council, advice. 

a consequencia, consequence. 

conservar, to preserve. 

considerar, to consider. 

consolar, to console, comfort. 

consomir, see consumir. 

CONSONANTS, § 5. 

constituir, to constitute. 

o consul, consul, § 20. 4. 

consumir, to consume. 

a conta, account, count, reck- 
oning. 

o contacto, contact. 

contagioso, contagious. 

contar, to count. 

contemplar, to contemplate, see. 

o contentamento, contentment. 

contente, content, pleased. 

continuar, to continue, go on. 


ac- 


185 


o conto, conto, § 55; a tale. 

contra, against. 

o contrario, contrary. 

convem, see convir, § 113. 

conversar, to converse. 

converter, to convert. 

convidar, to invite. 

convir, to be convenient, suit, 
§ 113. 

o convite, invitation. 

convocar, to call together. 

© copo, cup, glass. 

a cor, color. 

o coracado, heart. 

a coragem, courage. 

corar, to color, blush. 

o coronel, colonel. 

o corpo, body. 

corpulento, stout. 

correcto, correct. 

corrente, adj., current. 

corrigir, to correct. 

a corrup¢ao, corruption. 

cortar, to cut. 

a corte, court, § 23. 

a cortica, bark. 

0 corvo, crow, § 26c. 

a costa, side, coast. 

costumar, to accustom, be ac- 
customed. 

a costume, custom. 

a cousa, thing, § 44c. 

a cova, grave. 

o covarde, coward. 

0 cravo, pink, horseshoe-nail. 

o credito, credit. 

crente, faithful, believing. 

o crepusculo, twilight. 

crer, to believe, § 112, p. 83. 


186 


crescer, to grow. 

crescido, grown up. 

a criacdo, raising, breeding (of 
cattle), creation. 

a criada, (female) servant. 

o criado, (male) servant. 

a crianca, baby. 

0 crime, crime. 

crivel, credible. 

cru, crua, raw, § 4le. 

a cruz, cross. 

a cruzada, crusade. 

o cruzado, crusader. 

crystallino, crystaline. 

a cubica, greed, lust. 

cubicar, long for. 

cubicoso, covetous. 

o cuidado, care. 

cuidadosamente, carefully. 

cujo, whose, § 96, 99. 

o cultor, cultivator, lover, fol- 
lower. 

o cura, curate; sf., cure. 

curto, short. 

custar, to cost. 

customar, see costumar. 


D 

da, § 15b. 

o dado, data, information. 

o damno, damage. 

dantes, before. 

dar, to give, § 111; daraluz (um 
livro), to publish. 

datar, to date. 

de, of, § 122e, f, 124d, 139a, b, c, 
d, f. 

débil, weak, feeble. 

decidir, to decide. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


o decimo, tenth, § 59. 
declamar, to declaim, cry out. 


‘declarar, to declare. 


o dedal, thimble. 

a dedicacdo, dedication. 

dedicar, to dedicate. 

DEFECTIVE VERBS, p. 91. 

defender, to defend. 

deferir, to grant, concede. 

DEFINITE ARTICLE, § 14- 
16. 

defronte, in front of. 

deitar, to lie down, § 123e, h. 

deixar, to leave, let, allow, 
§ 123f. 

o deleite, delight, pleasure. 

delicado, delicate. 

a delicia, delight, bliss. 

demais, too much. 

demandar, to demand, head 
for. 

a demiss4o, dismissal, relief. 

denso, dense. 

a dentadura, set of teeth. 

o dente, tooth. 

o dentista, dentist. 

dentro, within, § 144. 

dependente, dependent, § 139a. _ 

depois, after, afterwards, § 144, 
145. 

depér, to deposit; lay down; de- 


pose. 

depressa, quickly. 

a depressdo, depression. 

o deputado, deputy, congress- 
man. ' 

derradeiro, adj., last. 

desapontado, put out. 

desapparecer, to disappear. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 187 


desastrado, disastrous. dezenove, nineteen. 


descangcar, to rest. dezesete, seventeen. 

descer, to descend, set, go down.  dezoito, eighteen. 

descobrir, to discover. o dia, day. 

a desconfiancga, doubt, distrust. o diabo, devil. 

desconhecido, unknown. DIALECTICAL, § 6. 

desculpar, to excuse, pardon. dialogar, to converse. 

desde, since. o diamante, diamond. 

desdenhoso, disdainful. diante, before, § 144. 

a desegualdade, inequality. diario, daily. 

desejar, to desire, wish. a diffamacao, calumny. 

o desejo, desire. difficil, difficult. 

desejoso, desirous. a difficuldade, difficulty. 

desenfreiado, unbridled, dis- digno, worthy, § 139a. 
orderly. | dilatar, to dilate, swell. 

desenhar, to design, draw. diligente, diligent. 

o desenho, design, plan. DIMINUTIVES, § 36-38, 46. 

desfigurar, to disfigure. o dinheiro, money. 

desfrutar, to enjoy. DIPHTHONGS, § 3. 

deslustrar, to tarnish, dull. a direc¢ao, direction. 

desnecessario, unnecessary. directamente, directly. 

desordenado, disorderly. o director, director. 

despedir, to dismiss. direito, right, straight. 

despedir—se, to take leave. dirigir, to direct. 

despenhar, to fall. dispender, to spend. 

destruidor, destructive. disposto, disposed. 

destruir, to destroy. disseminar, to scatter. 

deteriorar, to deteriorate. distante, distant, § 139a. 

detraz, backward, § 144. distincto, distinct, distinguished, 

o deus, god, § 20b. § 143. | 

devagar, slow, slowly. distinguir, to distinguish. 

devasso, licentious, dissolute.  ° dito, pp. of dizer, said, same. 

o devedor, debtor. diverso, different. 

o dever, duty. a divida, debt. 

dever, to owe, ought, p. 72. dividir, to divide. 

devidamente, duly. divulgar, to divulge, publish. 

devorar, to devour. dizer, to say, § 112, p. 83, 

dez, ten. 126c. 


o dezembro, December. do, of the, § 15b. 


188 


peice: i double, § 626. 

o doce, sweetmeat; adj., sweet. 

docil, docile, § 20. 6. 

o documento, document. 

a docura, gentleness, sweetness. 

a doenga, sickness. 

doente, sick, § 139a. 

dois, two. 

domestico, domestic, homely. 

o domingo, Sunday. 

donde, whence, § 135m. 

o dono, owner, proprietor. 

a dor, pain. 

dormir, to sleep, § 108g. 

dormitar, to sleep, slumber. 

o dote, dower, dowry, § 23. 

DOUBLE NEGATIVE, § 100e, 
137. 

o dourado, a kind of fish; pp. of 
dourar. 

dourar, to embellish, ornament 
with gold. 

o doutor, doctor. 

doze, twelve. 

as duas, two, § 55. 

o duplo, double, § 62b. 

durar, to last. 

a duvida, doubt. 

duvidar, to doubt. 

duzentos, two hundred. 

a dynastia, dynasty. 


E 


e, and, § 145 note. 

é, is (see ser, p. 79). 
economico, economic. 

o edeficio, edifice, building. 
a edicdo, edition. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


a educacao, education. 

educado, educated. 

o effeito, effect; com effeito, in- 
deed, § 134a. 

egual, see igual. 

egualmente, see igualmente. 

eis, adv., behold, § 134g. 

eleger, to elect. 

o elemento, element. 

elevar, to elevate, raise, lift. 

ella, she, it, § 65, 65d. 

elle, he, it, § 65, 65d. 

ELLIPTICAL EXPRES- 
SIONS, § 124c, 146. 

a eloquencia, eloquence. 

eloquente, eloquent. 

em, in, § 122g, 131la, 140. 

embalar, to rock. 

embarcar, to embark. 

embora, away. 

emendar, to mend, reform. 

emfim, finally. 

emmagrecer, to grow thin. 

empallidecer, to turn pale. 

empecer, to hinder. 

o emprego, employment. 

emprehendedor, enterprising. 

emprestar, to lend, loan. 

encantador, charming, § 4le. 

encher, to fill. 

ENCLITICS, § 72c, e. 

encobrir, to cover. 

encontrar, to meet, find. 

a energia, energy. 

enfermo, ill, sick, infirm. 

enfraquecer, to grow weak. 

o engenheiro, engineer. 

o engenho, engine, mill; estate 
with a cane mill. J | 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


engrandecer, to grow large, en- 
large. 

engulir, to swallow. 

enjoado, seasick, nauseated. 

ensinar, to instruct, teach, 
§ 123d. 

entalhar, to engrave. 

o ente, being. 

entender, to understand. 

enternecer, to move to compas- 
sion, melt. 

enterrar, to inter, bury. 

a entidade, being. 

a entrada, entrance. 

entrar, to enter. 

entregar, to deliver. 

entretanto, whilst. 

entreter, to entertain, support. 

entupido, obstructed. 

enviar, to send. 

envolver, to wrap up. 

o enx6, adz. 

enxugar, to dry. 

© enxurro, torrent. 

a época, epoch. 

a epocha, see epoca. 

equivocar—se, to mistake, to be 
mistaken. 

o eremita, hermit. 

erguer, to raise, arise, get up. 

errar, to err, go wrong. 

o erro, error, mistake. 

a escala, scale. 

escapar, to escape. 

escarpado, steep. 

a escola, school. 

escolher, to select, choose. 

esconder, to hide. 

a escravidao, slavery. 


189 


o escravo, slave. 

escrever, to write, § 116. 

escripto, see escrever. 

o escrivao, notary. 

o escudo, shield. 

a escuma, foam. 

escuramente, darkly. 

as escuras (pl.), darkness; in the 
dark. 

escurecer, to darken, grow dark. 

escuro, dark. 

ESDRUXULOS, § 9e. 

o esforco, force, courage, effort. 

a esmola, charity. 

© espaco, space, room. 

a espada, sword. 

espairecer, to amuse one’s self. 

o espanto, alarm. 

especial, special. 

especialmente, especially. 

o espectaculo, show, 

* mance. 

a esperanca, hope. 

esperar, to hope, wait. 

a espingarda, gun. 

o espinho, thorn. 

espontaneo, spontaneous. 

a esposa, wife. 

esquecer, to forget, § 122e. 

esquerdo —a, left. 

esse —a, this, § 84, 89. 

o estado, state, condition. 

a estancia, estate. 

estanque, stagnant. 

estar, to be, § 1097, k, l, m, 110, 
1260. 

este —a, this, § 84, 86, 90. 

estender, to extend. 

esterlina, sterling. 


perfor- 


190 


a estima, esteem. 

a estrada, road; 
ferro, railway. 

estranho, strange, foreign; sm., 
stranger, outsider. 

estreito, narrow, close. 

a estrella, star. 

estremecer, to tremble. 

o estudante, student. 

estudar, to study. 

a eternidade, eternity. 

eterno, eternal. 

eu, I, § 65, 66c. 

a Europa, Europe. 

o evangelho, gospel. 

exacto, exact, true. 

exceder, to exceed. 

a excellencia, excellency, § 66. 

excellente, excellent. 

a excep¢ao, exception. 

excepto, except. 

exclamar, to exclaim. 

o exemplo, example. 

o exercito, army. 

© exicio, ruin, destruction. 

a existencia, existence. 

existir, to exist. 

extender, see estender. 

a extensao, extent. 

extenso, vast, extensive. 

extincto, extinct. 

extranho, see estranho. 


F 


a fabrica, factory. 

o fabrico, manufacture. 
fabuloso, fabulous. 

a faca, knife. 

a facada, knife cut. 


estrada de 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


a facanha, feat, exploit. 

a face, face, cheek. 

facil, easy, § 139a. 

faco, see fazer, § 112. 

a faina, handling, rigging. 

falar, to speak, talk, § 107, 
p. 72. 

fallecer, to die, perish. 

faltar, to lack, be lacking. 

a fama, fame, renown, report. 

a familia, family. 

famoso, famous, § 143. 

o fanatismo, fanaticism. 

fantastico, fantastic. 

farto, full. 

fatal, fateful. 

o favor, favor, kindness. 

a fazenda, estate, treasury. 

o fazendeiro, planter. 


fazer, to do, make, § 112, 
p. 83, § 124e. 
a fé, faith. 


a febre, fever. 

fechar, to close, shut. 

0 feijao, bean. 

feio, ugly. 

o feito, deed. 

o feixe, bundle, sheaf. 

a felicidade, happiness, good for- 
tune. 

feliz, happy, fortunate. 

femea, female, § 26c. 

FEMININE ADJECTIVES, 
§ 41. 

FEMININE NOUNS, § 26. 

ferir, to wound. 

fero, savage, ferocious. 

a ferocidade, ferocity. 

feroz, ferocious. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


o ferro, iron, § 23. 

a ferrugem, rust. 

fertil, fertile. 

fervoroso, fervent, zealous. 

a festa, festival, feast; dia de 
festa, holiday, saint’s day. 

o fevereiro, February. 

fez, see fazer, § 112. 

as fezes, dregs. 

ficar, to remain, become, be, 
§ 125d. 

fiel, faithful. 

a figura, figure. 

o figurao, § 35. 

figurar, to figure, show. 

a filha, daughter. 

o filho, son, § 23. 

o fim, end. 

FINAL SYLLABLE ACCENT, 
§ 9b. 

finalmente, finally. 

fincar, to drive in. 

fingir, to pretend. 

fino, fine. . 

FIRST CONJUGATION, § 106, 
107. 

fixo, fixed. 

fiz, see fazer, § 112. 

flammejar, to blaze. 

a flor, flower. 

florecer, to bloom, flower, blos- 
som. 

o fogo, fire. 

o foguete, sky-rocket. 

foi, see ir, § 113; 
§ 1090, p. 79. 

folgar, to rest, repose, enjoy, re- 
joice. 


a folha, leaf. 


see ser, 


191 


ofome, hunger;comfome, hungry. 
a fonte, fountain, spring. 
fora, prep., outside, away. 
a forca, force. 

formar, to form, shape. 

a formiga, ant, § 26c. 
forrar, to line, § 124c. 
forte, strong. 

a fortuna, fortune. 

o fosforo, match. 

fosse, see ser, p. 80. 

o fossil, fossil, § 20. 6. 
fraco, weak. 
FRACTIONS, § 61. 
francez, French. 

a franqueza, frankness. 
fraquinho, quite weak. 

a frase, phrase. 

a frente, front, § 144. 
frequente, frequent. 
fresco, fresh. 

frigir, to fry, § 113, p. 86. 
frio, cold. 

frito, see frigir, p. 86. 

a fructa, see fruta. 

a fruta, fruit, § 29. 

o fruto, fruit, § 29. 

Fuao, § 94. 

fugir, to flee. 

fui, see ser, p. 79. 

fui, see ir, p. 87. 

o Fulano, § 94. 

fumegar, to smoke. 

o fumo, smoke, tobacco. 

o fundador, founder. 
fundar, to found, establish. 
funebre, funereal. 

o funil, funnel, § 20. 6. 

o futuro, future (and adj.). 


192 


G 


o gado, cattle. 

a gallinha, hen. 

o gallinheiro, chicken house. 
o gallo, cock. 

ganhar, to gain, earn. 

o garfo, (table) fork. 

a garrafa, bottle. 


garrulento, garrulous, talkative. 


gastar, to spend, waste. 

o gato, cat. 

gelado, frozen, cold. 

o gelo, ice. 

gemedor, sighing, moaning. 
GENDER OF NOUNS, § 24. 
o general, general. 
generoso, generous. 

o genro, son-in-law. 

a gente, folks, people. 
gentil, gentle, nice, kind. 

o gentio, Gentile, pagan. 
geographico, geographical. 
a geologia, geology. 

geral, general. 


germinar, to germinate, sprout. 


GERUND, § 107, p. 75 note. 
o gesto, gesture, movement. 
gigantesco, gigantic. 

a gloria, glory. 

glorioso, glorious. 

gordo, fat, stout. 

gorgeiar, to warble. 

gostar, to like, § 122e. 

a gota, drop. 

o governador, governor. 
governar, to govern. 

oO governo, government. 
gozar, to enjoy. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


a grammatica, grammar. 
grande, great, large, § 44), 51. 
a gratidao, gratitude. 

o grau, degree. 

grave, grave, serious. 
grego, Greek. 

grosseiro, rough, coarse. 
grosso, thick, coarse, big. 
a gruta, grotto. 

o guarda, warder; sf., care. 
o guarda-chuva, umbrella. 
o guarda-sol, sunshade. 

a guerra, war. 

© guerreiro, warrior. 


H 


ha, see haver, p. 79, § 109h. 

habil, skilful, able. 

a habilidade, ability, skill. 

habitar, to inhabit, § 140. 

haver, to be, to have, § 109a, ec, 
h, o, p. 79. 

he, see é, § 13a. 

o hebreu, Hebrew (and adj.). 

hediondo, hideous, horrid. 

o hemispherio, hemisphere. 

a heranga, inheritance. 

o heroe, hero. 

o hespanhol, Spaniard; 
Spanish, § 41d. 

a historia, history, story. 

historico, historical. 

hoje, to-day; hoje em dia, now- 
adays. 

o holocausto, holocaust. 

o hombro, shoulder. 

o homem, man. 

a homenagem, homage. 

a honra, honor, § 23. 


adj., 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


honradamente, honorably. 

honrar, to honor. 

hontem, yesterday. 

a hora, hour; sao tres horas, it 
is three o’clock, § 64. 

houve, see haver, p. 79. 

humano, human. 

humilde, humble. 

o hypocrita, hypocrite. 

a hypothese, hypothesis. 


I 


ia, see ir, p. 87. 

a idade, age. 

a idéa, idea. 

0 idioma, idiom, language. 

ignobil, ignoble. 

o ignorante, ignorant (and adj.). 

ignorar, to be ignorant of. 

a igreja, church. 

igual, equal. 

igualmente, equally. 

illicito, illicit, unlawful. 

illustre, illustrious, § 143. 

imaginar, to imagine, 
realize. 

o iman, lodestone. 

imbalar, see embalar, to rock. 

immaculado, immaculate. 

immediatamente, immediately. 

a immensidade, immensity. 

immenso, immense. 

a immoralidade, immortality. 

impedir, to impede, hinder, 
p. 87. 

IMPERATIVE, § 127, p. 100. 

imperceptivel, imperceptible. 

© imperio, empire. 

IMPERSONAL VERBS, § 121. 


think, 


193 


importante, important. 

importar, to matter, amount to. 

a importunidade, importunity. 

impresso, see imprimir, § 117. 

imprimir, to print. 

a inani¢ao, absence, emptiness. 

a incerteza, uncertainty. 

inchar, to swell. 

inclinado, inclined, bowed down. 

inclinar, to incline. 

incommodado, put out, incom- 
moded, uneasy. 

incorporar, to incorporate. 

incorrigivel, incorrigible. 

indagar, to inquire, search. 

INDECLINABLES, § 134. 

INDEFINITE ARTICLE, 
§ 17. 

a independencia, independence. 

independente, independent. 

o index, index, § 20. 2. 

INDICATIVE, § 128. 

o indio, Indian. 

indisposto, ill. 

o individuo, person, individual. 

indomito, ungovernable, indomi- 
table. 

a industria, industry. 

inexgotavel, inexhaustible. 

a infamacéo, slander. 

a infancia, infancy. 

o infante, infant. 

infeliz, unfortunate. 

inferior, inferior, § 44g, 45. 

a influencia, influence. 

a informacdo, information. 

Inglaterra, England. 

inglez, English, § 28a. 

a iniciativa, initiative. 


194 


o inimigo, enemy. 

a injuria, abuse. 

a injustica, injustice. 

injusto, unjust. 

innumeravel, countless. 

inquieto, unstable, unquiet. 

inspirar, to inspire. 

o instante, instant. 

instinctivamente, instinctively. 

o instituto, institute. 

a instruc¢do, instruction. 

instructivo, instructive. 

insurgente, uprising, insurgent, 
rebellious. 

inteiramente, entirely, quite. 

inteiro, entire, whole. 

a intelligencia, intelligence. 

intelligente, intelligent. 

o intercessor, intercessor. 

interior, interior, § 44g; sm., in- 
terior. 

INTERJECTIONS, § 146. 

INTERROGATION, § 138. 

a intimidade, intimacy. 

a invas4o, invasion. 

invencivel, invincible. 

o inverno, winter. 

invicto, invincible, unconquer- 
able. 

invocar, to invoke, call upon. 

ir, to go, § 109f,g, 113, 122h, 125d. 

irlandez, adj., sm., Irish, Irish- 
man. 

a irm4, or irman, sister. 

o irm4o, brother. 

IRREGULAR COMPARI- 
SONS, § 45. 

IRREGULAR VERBS, § 110, 
112, 113, pp. 81-88. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


ismaelita, [smaelite. 
isso, this, § 85. 
isto, this, § 85. 
a Italia, Italy. 


J 


ja, already, now. 

jamais, never, § 136. 

o janeiro, January. 

a janella, window. 

o jantar, dinner. 

jantar, to dine. 

jazer, to lie (in the grave), 
§ 112. 

O jazigo, grave. 

jejuar, to fast. 

Joao, John. 

o jogador, player. 

jogar, to play, game. 

oO jogo, game. 

o joguete, jest, plaything. 

o jornal, journal. 

0 jovem, youth. 

0 jugo, yoke, servitude. 

© juiz, judge. 

o juizo, judgment. 

julgar, to judge. 

juncto, see junto. 

o junho, June. 

juntamente, jointly, together. 

junto, near, close by. 

o juro, interest (commercial). 

justamente, justly. 

justificar, to justify. 

justo, just. 

a juventude, youth (age of). 


K 
o kilo, kilogram. 


Lee OO 


—— Se. ee ee 








PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


L 


la, her, it, § 65, 65b. 
14, there, § 135r. 
o labio, lip. 


- 0 lacgo, bond. 


lacteo, milky. 

o lado, side. 

o ladrao, thief, robber. 

ladrar, to bark. 

a lagoa, lake. 

a langa, lance, spear. 

langar, to throw. 

o lapis, pencil. 

o lar, fireside, home. 

largamente, liberally. 

largo, wide, broad. 

a lata, tin can. 

a lavagem, washing. 

lavar, to wash. 

o lavor, labor, work, task. 

lé, see ler, p. 84. 

0 leao, lion. 

a legua, league. 

a lei, law. 

o leite, milk. 

0 leito, bed. 

a lembranga, remembrance. 

lembrar, to remember, § 122e, 

o leme, rudder. 

a lenha, fire-wood. 

a lente, lens; o lente, lecturer. 

lento, slow. 

ler, to read, § 112, p. 84. 

a letra, letter, § 23; handwriting. 

LETTERS, PRONUNCIA- 
TION OF, § 1. 

levantar, to lift, get up. 

levar, to carry. 


195 


leve, adj., light. 

lhe, to him, her, it, § 65a, 70. 
li, see ler, p. 84. 

liberal, liberal. 

a liberdade, liberty, § 23. 

a libra, pound. 

a ligdo, lesson. 

licito, licit, lawful. 

o licor, liquor, drink, liquid. 
a lida, fatigue, toil. 


_ligar, to unite, join. 


o lim4o, lemon. 

limitar, to limit. 

a limonada, lemonade. 

limpar, to clean, cleanse. 

limpo, clean. 

a lingua, tongue, language. 

a literatura, literature. 

livrar, to deliver, free. 

a livraria, library. 

livre, adj., free. 

livremente, freely. 

o livro, book. 

lo, § 15, 65b. 

o lobo, wolf. 

a locagao, location. 

logo, presently, at once, 
now, § 134, note. 

a loja, shop. 

o lombo, loin, roast. 

longe, far; de longe, afar, § 131a. 

longo, long. 

a loteria, lottery. 

a lousa, gravestone. 

louvar, to praise. 

o lugar, place, room. 

o lume, light. 

luminoso, luminous. 

os lusiadas, Lusiads, see p. 173. 


just 


196 


a luz, light; dar 4 luz, to pub- 
lish. 

a lympha, water (poetic). 

lyrico, lyric. 


M 


ma, see mau. 
a machina, machine. 

macho, male, § 26c. 

a madrinha, godmother. 

a madrugada, dawn. 

a magua, or magoa, grief. 

o mahommetano, Mohammedan. 
a mai, or mae, mother. 

maior, greater, § 44g, 45. 

mais, more, § 42, 44b. 

a majestade, majesty, p. 116. 
o mal, evil, § 20. 4. 

a mala, mail, traveling-bag. 
malcriado, ill-bred. 

a mancha, spot, splotch. 
mandar, to order, § 124b. 

a mandioca, a kind of plant. 

a maneira, manner, way, § 145. 
a manha, habit; pl., manners. 
a manh4a, or manhan, morning. 
manso, tame, gentle. 

a manteiga, butter. 

a mao, hand. 

oO mappa, map. 

o mar, sea. 

a maravilha, marvel. 

marcar, to mark. 

o marco, March. 

a maré, tide. 

o marfim, ivory. 

o maribondo, wasp. 

o marido, husband. 

maritimo, belonging to the sea. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


o marmelo, quince. 

o martello, hammer: 

oO martyr, martyr. 

mas, but. 

mascar, to chew. 
MASCULINE NOUNS, § 25. 
a massa, mass, dough. 
mastigar, to chew. 

a mata, forest, weeds, jungle. 
matar, to kill. 


_ a materia, matter, material. 


o mato, forest. 

mau, bad, § 41g. 

oO mauro, or mouro, moor; adj., 
moorish. 

o mausoléu, mausoleum. 

me, me, § 65, 67. 

o medico, physician. 

medir, to measure, § 113, p. 87. 

a meia, stocking. 

o meiado, middle. 

o meio, middle, means; half, § 61. - 

o mel, honey, § 20. 5. 

melhor, better, § 45. 

melhorar, to improve. 

a memoria, memory, memoir. 

mencionar, to mention. 

a menina, girl. 

o menino, boy. 

menor, smaller, § 45. 

menos, less, § 45. 

mente, § 134c, d. 

a mentira, lie, falsehood. 

mentiroso, lying. 

a mercé, mercy, § 66. 

merecer, to merit. 

© merecimento, merit. 

o merito, merit, desert. 

a mesa, table. 





PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


mesmo, same, § 39b, 44c, 92, 93, 
1357. 

MESOCLITICS, § 72b. 

o mestre, master, teacher. 

a metade, half. 


0 metro, meter. 


metter, to put, place. 

meu, minha, etc., pro., § 76. 
Oo mez, month. 

a mica, mica. 

mil, one thousand. 

o milesimo, thousandth. 
milh4o, million. 

os milhares, thousands. 

o milho, (Indian) corn. 

o milreis, milreis. 

mim, me, § 65, 67. 

a mina, mine. 

oO mineiro, miner. 

minimo, smallest, least, § 45. 
© ministro, minister. 


-o minuto, minute. 


a miseria, want. 

a misericordia, pity. 
misturar, to mix, mingle. 
a moca, young woman. 

a mocidade, youth. 

oO moco, young man. 

a moda, fashion. 
MODEL VERBS, § 107. 
a moderacdo, moderation. 
modernamente, lately. 

a modestia, modesty. 
modesto, modest. 

© modo, manner. 

a molestia, sickness. 
molhado, wet, § 23. 

Oo momento, moment. 

a monarchia, monarchy. 


197 


a montanha, mountain. 

o monte, hill, heap. 

a morada, dwelling-place. 
moral, moral. 

moralisar, to moralize, improve. 
oO morango, strawberry. 
moreno, dark brown. 

morrer, to die, § 122e. 

o morro, hill. 

mortal, mortal. 

a morte, death. 

o morto, dead (man) (and adj.). 
a mosca, fly, § 26c. 


_0 mosteiro, monastery. 


mostrar, to show. 

mover, to move. 

oO movimento, movement. 

a mucama, female house servant. 

mudar, to change, alter. 

mui, very. 

muito, adj., adv., many, much, 
very, § 53, 135e. 

a mulher, woman. 

a mulherona, large woman, § 34. 

a multidao, multitude. 


. MULTIPLICATION, § 62. 


o mundo, world. 

© murmurio, purling. 

a musa, muse. 

oO musgo, moss. 

a musica, music. 

o musulmano, Mussulman. 

oO myope, near-sighted person. 
mysterioso, mysterious. 


N 


na, nas, in the, § 15c. 
a nacao, nation. 
nacional, national. 


198 


nada, nothing, § 136. 

namorado, enamored. 

nao, not, no, § 135g. 

0 narig4o, big nose, § 35. 

O nariz, nose. 

NASAL SOUNDS, § 4. 

nascente, dawning. . 

nascer, to be born, rise (sun). 

natural, natural. 

a natureza, nature. 

a nau, ship. 

a navegac4o, navigation. 

navegar, to navigate, sail. 

o navio, ship. 

necessariamente, necessarily. 

necessario, necessary. 

NEGATION, § 100e, 135, 137. 

o negociante, merchant. 

o negocio, business, affair. 

o negro, black, negro (and adj.). 

nem, neither, nor, § 136. 

nenhum, no, neither, § 18, 100d, 
101. 

o neto, grandson. 

ninguem, no one, § 100. 

o ninho, nest. 

a nitidez, nicety, neatness. 

o nivel, level. 

no, nos, in the, § 15c, 88. 

nobre, noble. 

a noite, night; de noite, by night, 
§ 134. 

a noiva, bride. 

o nomade, wanderer; adj., wan- 
dering. 

© nome, name. 

nomear, to appoint. 

nono, ninth. 

a nora, daughter-in-law. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


o norte, north. 

o norte-americano,’ adj., North 
American. 

nds, we, § 65, 67. 

nosso, our, § 76. 

notavel, noteworthy, § 44. IT, 143. 

as noticias, news. 

notorio, evident, manifes. 

NOUNS, § 19. 

NOUNS OF OPPOSITE SEX, 
§ 28. 

NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES, 
SYNTAX, § 47-53. 

nove, nine. 

o novembro, November. 

a novidade, novelty, news. 

novinho, quite new, § 46. 

novo, pew. 

num, numa, nuns, in a, etc., 
$18. 

NUMERALS, § 17 note, 55, 63. 

o numero, number. 

numeroso, numerous. 

nunca, never. 


O 


o, a, that, § 87. 

0, a, os, as, him, her, it, them, 
pro., § 65. 

0, a, OS, as, art., the, § 14, 15, 16. 

OBJECTS OF VERBS, § 123. 

a obra, work, deed. 

a obrigacao, obligation. 

obrigado, obliged. 

obrigar, to oblige. 

obrigatorio, obligatory. 

obsequioso, obsequious, 
ging. 

a occasiao, occasion. 


obli- 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


occasionar, to cause, occasion. 

o occidente, west. 

0 oceano, ocean. 

0 odio, hate, hatred. 

0 oeste, west. 

a offensa, offense. 

offerecer, to offer. 

o officio, trade, office. 

oito, eight. 

olhar, to look, § 122h. 

o olho, eye. 

olvidar, to forget. 

a omiss4o, omission. 

aonca, panther, § 26c; ounce 
(weight). 

a onda, wave. 

onde, where. 

onze, eleven. 

a opiniao, opinion. 

a oppress4o, oppression. 

a opulencia, wealth. 

opulento, opulent, rich. 

ora, now, nevertheless. 

o orador, orator. 

orar, to pray, make a speech. 

a ordem, order. 

ordenar, to direct. 

ORDINAILS, § 59. 

ordinariamente, ordinarily. 

ordinario, commonplace. 

o orfao, or orphao, orphan, p. 9. 

oriental, oriental, eastern. 

0 oriente, orient, east. 

original, original. 

ORTHOGRAPHY, § 138. 


199 


a ortiga, thistle. 

0 osso, bone. 

ou, or, § 1450. 

ougo, see ouvir, p. 87. 

0 ouro, gold. 

o outeiro, hill. 

outrem, another, § 89. 
outro, other, § 89, 90, 91. 
o outubro, October. 
ouvir, to hear, § 1138, 1240. 
0 OVO, egg. 


P 


a paciencia, patience. 

padecer, to suffer, endure. 

o padre, priest. 

pagar, to pay. 

© pagem, page (boy). 

a pagina, page (of book). 

o pai, father; pl., parents. 

pais, see paiz. 

a paixdo, passion. 

0 paiz, country. 

a palavra, word. 

a palha, straw. 

o palité, coat. 

a palmeira, palm tree. 

o palmito, small palm. 

a palpebra, eyelid. 

o pampa,! plain. 

a pancada, blow, beating, dash 
(of rain). 

o panno, cloth. 

© pao, bread, loaf. 

O papa, pope. 


° 


1 This word is feminine in Argentine Spanish from which it is 


introduced. 
masculine. 


In Rio Grande do Sul, where it is likewise used, it is 


200 


0 papagaio, parrot. 

o papel, paper, roll, § 20. 5. 

O par, par, pair. 

para, for, to, § 122h, 135n, 141r. 

pardo, gray; but homem pardo, 
mulatto. 

parecer, to appear, seem, § 126c. 

a parede, wall. 

o parente, kinsman, relative. 

a parte, part, § 23. 

particular, private. 

partir, to depart, start, § 107, 
pp. 72-74. 

o passado, past. 

oO passageiro, passenger. 

passar, to pass. 

o passaro, bird. 

passear, to stroll, walk (for 
pleasure). 

0 passo, step. 

paterno, paternal. 

o patio, courtyard, yard. 

a patria, one’s country, native 
land. 

patrio, paternal, national. 

o patriota, patriot. 

© pau, wood, tree. 

a paz, peace. 

o pé, foot. 

o pecego, peach. 

peco, see pedir, p. 87. 

o pedaco, piece. 

pedir, to ask for, request, p. 87. 

a pedra, stone. 

o Pedro, Peter. 

pegar, to catch. 

peior, worse, see mau, § 44g, 45. 

o peito, breast. 

o peixe, fish. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


pela, pelo, by the, § 15d, 88, 143. 

a pena, trouble, grief. 

penetrar, to penetrate. 

a peninsula, peninsula. 

a penna, feather, pen. 

o pensamento, thought, idea. 

pensar, to think. 

o pente, comb. 

PENULT ACCENTED, § 9c. - 

pequeno, small; sm., small boy. 

perceber, to perceive. 

percorrer, to pass through or 
over. 

a perddo, pardon. 

perder, to lose, p. 84. 

perdoar,. to pardon. 

a peregrinac4o, pilgrimage. 

o peregrino, pilgrim, traveler. 

perfeitamente, perfectly. 

perfeito, perfect. 


 perguntar, to ask, inquire. 


o perigo, danger. 

PERIPHRASTIC VERB- 
PHRASES, § 125. 

permittir, to permit. 

a perola, pearl. 

perpetuamente, adv., perpetually. 

perpetuo, perpetual. 

perseguir, to pursue. 

PERSONAL INFINITIVE, 
§ 133. 

a perspectiva, prospect. 

pertencer, to belong. 

perto, near. 

o peru, turkey. 

pesado, heavy. 

pescar, to fish. 

© pescoco, neck. 

0 peso, weight. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


pessimo, worst, § 45. 

a pessdéa, person. 

a peticao, petition. 

_phantastico, see fantastico. 

a pharmacia, pharmacy. 

philosophal, pedra philosophal, 
philosopher’s stone. 

a philosophia, philosophy. 

o-philosopho, philosopher. 

PHONETIC SPELLING, § 13. 

a phrase, see frase. 

a picada, path. 

a pimenta, pepper. 

pinchar, to blow up, dismount. 

0 pinheiro, pine tree. 

pintar, to paint, § 124c. 

o pinto, chick. 

o pintor, painter. 

0 pires, saucer, § 20b. 

pisar, or pizar, to tread, grind. 

a piscina, baptismal font. 

a planicie, plain. 

a planta, plant. 

plantar, to plant. 

pleno, full. 

PLURAL ADJECTIVES, § 40. 

PLURALS, § 20. 

o pé, dust, powder. 

pobre, poor. 

a pobreza, poverty. 

poder, to be able, may, can, 
§ 112, p. 84. 

oO poder, power. 

0 poderio, power. 

poderoso, powerful. 

0 poema, poem. 

0 poeta, poet. 

pois, why, then; pois n4o, cer- 
tainly. 


201 


poisar, to rest, repose, alight, 
perch; stay all night. 

politico, political. 

ponho, see por, p. 84. 

a ponta, point, end. 

a ponte, bridge. 

o ponto, point, place. 

a populacdo, population. 

por, by, for, § 135a, 0, 143. 

por, to put, place, § 112, p. 84. 

o porco, hog, pork. 

porem, but. 

porque, why, § 138. 

a porta, door. 

portanto, consequently. 

o porto, port. 

portuguez, adj., Portuguese; sm., 
Portuguese language. 

positivo, positive. 

possivel, possible. 

posso, see poder, p. 84. 

possuir, to possess. © 

postico, false, not natural. 

posto, see por, § 100, p. 85. 

pouco, few, § 53. 

pousar, see poisar. 

0 povo, people. 

a povoacao, village, settlement. 

povoar, to people, p. 112 note. 

a praca, square; assentar praca, 
enlist. 

o prado, meadow, green field. 

o prata, silver. 

o prato, plate. 

o prazer, pleasure. 

prazer, to please, impersonal, 
see § 112, p. 85. 

preceder, to precede, § 124c. 

precioso, precious. 


202 


precipitar, to precipitate. 

precisar, to need, be necessary, 
§ 122e. 

preciso, necessary. 

o pregdo, proclamation. 

pregar, to nail. 

a preguica, laziness. 

preguicoso, lazy. 

oO premio, reward. 

prender, to seize, capture. 

preoccupar, to preoccupy. 

PREPOSITIONAL IDIOMS, 
§ 144. 

PREPOSITIONS, 139. 

o presente, present (and adj.). 
prestar, to lend; nao presta para 
nada, it is of no use. 
pretender, to expect, aim at, de- 

sign, intend. 
o preto, black; negro. 
prever, to foresee. 
primeiro, first. 
0 primor, beauty, perfection. 
a princeza, princess. 
O principe, prince. 
principiar, to begin, § 123d. 
a privacdo, privation. 
a proa, prow. 
a probidade, uprightness. 
o problema, problem. 
PROCLITICS, § 72a. 
procurar, to seek, search for. 
produzir, to produce, yield, § 110b. 
o professor, (male) teacher. 
a professora, (female) teacher. 
profundo, deep, profound. 
PROGRESSIVE PHRASES, 
§ 123d. 
© progresso, progress. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


promover, to encourage, 
mote. 
prompto, see pronto. 


PRONOUNS, DEMONSTRA- 


pro- 


TIVE, § 84. 

PRONOUNS, DETERMINA- 
TIVE, § 89. 

PRONOUNS, . INDEFINITE, 
§ 100. 

PRONOUNS, INTERROGA- 
TIVE, § 95. 

PRONOUNS, PERSONAL, §65. 

PRONOUNS, POSSESSIVE, 
§ 76-83. 


PRONOUNS, RELATIVE, § 96. 

pronto, ready. 

proposito, on purpose, § 144. 

a propriedade, property. 

proprio, proper, own, 
§ 39b, 139a. 

proseguir, to go on, continue. 

proteger, to protect. 

prospero, prosperous. 

prouve, see prazer, p. 85. 

a providencia, providence. 

a provincia, province. 

proximo, near. 

a prudencia, prudence. 

prudente, prudent. 

publico, public. 

pugnar, to fight, contend. 

punir, to punish. 

puro, pure. 

pus, see por, p. 84. 


Q 


a quadra, season. 
© quadro, picture, square. 
quadruplo, quadruple. 


itself, 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


quaes, see qual. 

qual, which, § 93, 95, 96, 97, 
98. 

a qualidade, quality. 

qualquer, either, whichever. 

quando, when; quando muito, at 
most. 

a quantidade, quantity. 

QUANTITY, § 10. 

quanto, how much, § 100g; em 
quanto, while, § 100z. 

quao, how. 

quarenta, forty. 

a quarta-feira, Wednesday. 

oO quarto, room. 

quasi, almost. 

quatorze, fourteen. 

quatro, four, § 55. 

que, how, § 134/. 

que, than, § 145. 

que, what, who, which, § 95, 96, 
97, 102a, b. 

quebrar, to break. 

0 queijo, cheese. 

queimar, to burn. 

queixar, to complain, § 126b. 

quem, who, § 95, 96, 98. 

quemquer, anybody, whoever, 
§ 100a. 

querer, to wish, want, 
p. 85, § 122b. 

querido, dear, beloved. 

a questao, question. 

quica, who knows, 
§ 134b. 

quieto, quiet. 

a quinta-feira, Thursday. 

quinze, fifteen. 

quiz, see querer, p. 85. 


§ 112, 


perhaps, 


203 


R 
a ra, see ran. 
a raga, race. 
a rainha, queen. 
a raiva, rage. 
o ramo, branch. 


_aran, frog, § 26c. 


a rapariga, girl. 

o rapaz, boy, fellow. 

rapidamente, rapidly. 

raro, rare. 

rasgar, to tear. 

o rato, rat. 

a razao, reason. 

real, royal; sm., real, § 20. 4. 

realisar, to realize. 

realmente, really, genuinely, in- 
deed. 

o recado, word, errand, order. 

recear, to apprehend, fear. 

receber, to receive. 

o recem-chegado, newcomer. 

a recompensa, reward. 

o reconhecimento, gratitude. 

a rede, net, hammock. 

a redea, rein. 

redimo, see remir, p. 87. 

redor, around, § 144. 

reduzir, to reduce. 

REFLEXIVE 
§ 67. 

REFLEXIVE VERBS, § 126. 

o reflexo, reflex. 

o refolho, fold. 

reforcar, to grow strong. 

a reforma, reform. 

regalar, to feast, entertain. 

regar, to irrigate, wet. 

reger, to rule, govern, guide. 


PRONOUNS, 


204 


a regiao, region. 

o regimento, rule. 

regressar, to return. 

REGULAR VERBS, § 104, 106, 
108. 

a rehabilitacgao, rehabilitation. 

oO rei, king. 

o reinado, reign. 

o reino, kingdom. 

a relacao, relation; court. 

RELATED NOUNS, § 28-29. 

RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE, 
§ 43. 

o relatorio, report. 

a reliquia, relic. 

o relogio, watch, clock. 

o remedio, remedy. 

a reminiscencia, reminiscence. 

remir, to redeem, p. 87. 

a remissao, pardon. 

o remorso, remorse. 

renovar, to renew. 

repartir, to divide. 

repeticao, repetition. 

repetir, to repeat. 

repousar, to rest, repose. 

reprehender, to reprehend. 

requerer, to request, § 112. 

o requinte, climax, height. 

a resina, resin. 

a resistencia, resistance. 

resistir, to resist. 

o respeito, respect. 

respirar, to breathe, blow gently. 

responder, to reply, respond. 

responsavel, responsible, § 148. 

restar, to rest, remain. 

resumir, to resume. 

retirar, to retire, withdraw. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


o retiro, retreat. 

retribuir, to reward. 

reunir, to rejoin, unite. 

a reverencia, reverence. 
reverendo, reverend. 

a revista, review. 

a revolucao, revolution. 

o ribeirao, gulch. 

o ribeiro, brook, creek. 

rico, rich, § 44a. 

oO rio, river. 

a riqueza, riches, wealth. 

rir, to laugh, § 113, p. 87. 
robusto, robust. 

a roca, rock. 

a rocha, rock. 

a roda, wheel; a roda de, § 144. 
rodar, to roll. 

rogar, to ask. 

a romaria, pilgrimage. 

a rosa, rose. 

o rosto, face. | 
roubar, to rob, steal. 

a roupa, clothing. 

a rua, street. 
o rubi, ruby. 

a rudeza, rudeness. 

ruim, bad. 

o rumo, direction, bearing. 
rural, rural. 


Ss 


S.=S4o, Santo, gq. v. 

o sabbado, Saturday. 

a sabedoria, wisdom. 

saber, to know, § 112, p. 85. 
o sabia, robin. 

o sabio, wise man; adj., wise. 
© sacrificio, sacrifice. 


ee ee eee 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


a sacristia, sacristy, vestry. 

sagrado, sacred. 

sahir, to go out, § 110, p. 82. 

o sal, salt. 

a sala, hall, large room. 

saldar, to close, balance (ac- 
counts). 

salgar, to salt. 

saltar, to jump. 

salutar, salutary. 

sam, see sao, § 13a. 

sanctificado, pp., sanctified. 

o sangue, blood. 

sanguinoso, bloody. 

a santidade, holiness. 

santo, or sancto, holy, saint, § 51. 

sao, saint; sound, § 41b, p. 116 
note. 

sao, see ser, § 109, p. 79. 

o sapato, shoe. 

a sapiencia, wisdom. 

satisfeito, satisfied. 

a saudade, longing. 

saudoso, longing, yearning. 

a sciencia, science. 

scismar, to be apprehensive or 
pensive. 

se, pro., § 65, 67, 74. 

sé, see ser, p. 79. 

a secca, drought. 

secco, dry, § 23. 

secreto, secret. 

o seculo, century. 

a seda, silk. 

a séde, thirst; a sede, seat. 

seguir, to follow, § 108g, 124c; 
seguir viagem, go on. _ 

a segunda-feira, Monday. 

segundo, second. 


205 


a seguranca, safety, security. 

sei, see saber, p. 85. 

0 seio, bosom. 

seis, six. 

seja, see ser, § 102, 109. 

o sello, (postage) stamp, seal. 

a selva, woods. 

o selvagem, savage. 

sem, without. 

a semana, week. 

semear, to sow, plant. 

semelhante, such, similar. 

sempre, always. 

o senador, senator. 

senao, except. : 

o senhor, gentleman, sir, mister; 
you, § 66. 

a senhora, lady, madam, Mrs., 
§ 66, 66a, 135g. 

a senhoria, lordship, § 66. 

o senhorio, domain; owner of a 
property. 

sensato, sensible. 

sentar, to seat. 

o sentido, sense, meaning. 

sentir, to feel, § 124a. 

o sepulchro, sepulcher. 

a sepultura, burial. _ 

ser, to be, § 109, p. 79, § 124a. 

sereno, serene; sm., dew. 

serio, serious. 

a-serra, mountain range. 

o sertado, interior, backwoods. 

0 servico, service. 

servir, to serve, § 108g. 

0 servo, servant. 

sete, seven. 

o setembro, September. 

setimo, seventh, § 59b. 


206 PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


seu, his, her, your, § 76. 
O Sexo, sex. 

a sexta-feira, Friday. 
sexto, sixth. 

si, if, whether. 

si, pro., § 67, 74. 

sido, see ser, § 109, p. 81. 
o signal, sign. 

o silencio, silence. 

sim, yes, § 135f, g. 


SIMILAR WORDS, § 148. 
simples, single, simple, § 51. 


singular, singular. 

sinto, see sentir. 

situado, pp., situated. 
SLANG, § 7. 

s6, somente, only. 

sob, below, § 144. 

sobre, over, on, about. 

a sobremesa, dessert. 

a sobriedade, sobriety. 

o sofa, sofa. 

soffrer, to suffer. 

o soffrimento, suffering. 
0 sol, sun. 

a sola, sole (leather). 

o soldado, soldier. 
soletrar, to spell. 

o solo, soil. 

soltar, to loose. 

a solucdo, solution. 

a sombra, shade, shadow. 
© somno, sleep. 

sonhar, to dream. 

o sonho, dream. 

o sopro, breath. 

0 sorriso, smile. 

a sorte, lot, fate, manner. 
o sorvedouro, gulf, vortex. 


sosinho, quite alone. 

sou, see ser, p. 79. 

soube, see saber, p. 85. 

SPECIAL USES OF VERBS, 
§ 124. 

sua, his, her, its, § 76. 

suavamente, softly. 

subir, to climb, § 122%. 

SUBJECTS OF VERBS, 
§ 120, p. 91. 

subjugar, to overcome. 

SUBJUNCTIVE, p. 74, § 127, 
128, pp. 100, 101. 

sublime, sublime. 

© successo, result, outcome, 
success. 

o sudario, shroud. 

SUFFIXES, § 32, 33. 

a suggest4o, suggestion. 

a Suissa, Switzerland. 

sujeitar, to subject. 

sujo, dirty, soiled. 


' 0 sul, south. 


sumir, to disappear. 

superior, higher, § 44g, 45. 

superno, excellent (old form of 
supremo). 

a supersticao, superstition. 

o supplicante, petitioner. 

suppor, to suppose, § 125c. 

supremo, final, supreme. 

surdo, deaf. 

o surdo-mudo, deaf-mute. 

suscitar, to raise up, rouse up. 

a suspeita, suspicion. 

© suspiro, sigh. 

o sussurro, murmur. 

sustentar, to sustain. 

a syllaba, syllable. 


ee 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


SYLLABICATION, § 11. 

o symptoma, symptom. 

a synagoga, synagogue. 
SYNCRETIC FORMS, § 1380. 


» 


a taboa, board. 

taciturno, silent, taciturn. 

tal, such, § 93, 94. 

o talento, talent. 

a talhada, slice. 

o taliao, retribution, reprisal. 

talvez, perhaps, § 129, p. 101. 

tamanho, so large, so great. 

tambem, also, § 134b. 

tanto, as much, as many, § 89, 
100f, g. 

tao, so. 

tarde, late. 

_ te, thee, § 65b, 67. 
a telha, tile. 

tem, see ter, p. 79. 

o temor, fear, dread. 

o tempero, seasoning (of food). 

o templo, temple. 

o tempo, time, weather. 

o temporal, storm. 

tenho, see ter, p. 79. 

tenro, tender. 

a tentacao, temptation. 

ter, to have, § 109a, d, 0, p, 79, 
§ 126a. 

a terca-feira, Tuesday. 

o terceiro, third. 

o terco, third, § 61. 

a terra, earth. 

o terreno, land, ground. 

terrivel, terrible. 

teu, pro., thy, § 76. 


207 


o thesouro, treasure. 

THIRD PERSON, § 66. 

ti, to thee, § 65, 67. 

a tia, aunt. 

tido, see ter, p. 79. 

o tigre, tiger, § 26d. 

0 tijolo, brick. 

a tinta, ink. 

o tio, uncle. 

tirar, to take off, out or away. 

o tiro, shot. 

o titulo, title. 

tive, see ter, p. 79. 

tocar, to touch. 

todo, all, § 100h; de todo, entirely, 
§ 144. 

o tolo, fool. 

tomar, to take. 

TONE ACCENT, § 9. 

torcer, to twist. 

o tormento, torture. 

tornar, to return. Before an- 
other verb with a it means to 
repeat: tornei a visitar, ‘I 
visited again.’ 

torpe, base, vile. 

a torrente, torrent. 

torto, twisted, wrong, crooked, 
§ 134. 

tortuoso, crooked. 

o trabalhador, workman. 

trabalhar, to work. 

o trabalho, work, labor. 

trabalhoso, laborious. 

a traca, moth-worm. 

traduzir, to translate. 

trago, see trazer, p. 86. 

tratar, to treat of, care for. 

trazer, to fetch, bring, § 112, p. 86. 


208 


o trem, train. 

tremulo, trembling. 
tres, three. 

as trevas, darkness, § 21. 
treze, thirteen. 

a tribu, tribe. 

o tributo, tribute. 

a trilha, track. 

o trilho, rail (of railway). 
trinta, thirty. 

era t triple, § 62b. 
triste, sad. 

a tristeza, sadness. 

o troco, change, exchange. 
a trombeta, trumpet. 

o tronco, trunk (of tree). 
trouxe, see trazer, p. 86. 
o trovador, troubadour. 
trovejar, to thunder. 

tu, thou, § 65. 

tua, thy, § 76. 

tudo, all, § 100c. 

a tumba, hearse. 

o tumulo, tomb. 

tupi, Indian (Brazilian). 
a turba, rabble. 

o turco, Turk. 


U 
ultimo, last. 
oultramar, over seas, beyond 
the seas. 
ae one, a, § 17, 91. 
uma, 
ungir, to anoint. 
unico, only, single. 
unir, to unite. 
© universo, universe. 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


UNRELATED NOUNS, § 28c, 
31. 

uns, some, § 17, 100a. 

usar, to use. 

a usina, factory. 

O uso, use. 

util, useful. 


V 


va, see ir, p. 87. 

a vacca, cow. 

vadiar, to idle. 

vae, see ir, p. 87. 

o vagar, leisure; de vagar, slowly. 

a vaidade, vanity. 

valente, strong. 

valer, to be worth, p. 86. 

valeroso, brave, valorous. 

valho, see valer, p. 86. 

a vantagem, advantage. 

vao, vain, § 41d. 

vao, see ir, p. 87. 

© vapor, steam, steamer. 

a varanda, veranda. 

VARIABLE MEANINGS, §23. 

VARIABLE PARTICIPLES, 
§ 114, p. 88. 

a varzea, plain. 

vasto, vast. 

o veado, deer. 

a vegetacdo, vegetation 

a veiga, meadow. 

vejo, see ver, § 112, p. 86. 

a vela, sail. 

a velhice, old age. 

velho, old; sm., old man. 

vem, see vir, § 113, p. 88. 

vencedor, victorious, conquer- 
ing. 


i a 


PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


vencer, to conquer, vanquish. 

vender, to sell. 

o venerador, venerator. 

veneravel, venerable. 

venho, see vir, § 113, p. 88. 

o vento, wind. 

a ventura, good fortune, luck. 

ver, to see, § 112, p. 86. 

VERBS, § 103. 

VERBS, AUXILIARY, § 109. 

VERBS, IRREGULAR, § 110. 

VERBS, MODEL, § 107. 

VERBS, REGULAR, § 106. 

a verdade, truth. 

verdadeiramente, truly. 

verdadeiro, true, genuine, real. 

verde, green. 

a vergonha, shame. 

vermelho, red. 

a versdo, version. 

© verso, verse. 

o vestigio, trace. 

vestir, to put on, dress, § 1222, 
124c. 

a vez, time, § 62. 

vi, see ver, p. 86. 

a via, way. 

a viagem, voyage, trip. 

viajar, to travel. 

vicar, to grow rank. 

viciar, to demoralize, vitiate. 

0 vicio, vice. 

Vicioso, vicious. 

a victima, victim. 

a victoria, victory. 

a vida, life. 

vil, vile, base, bad. 

a villa, town, city. 


209 


vim, see vir, p. 88. 

o vinho, wine. 

vinte, twenty. 

a vintena, score. 

violento, violent. 

vir, to come, § 109n, p. 88, 
§ 122h. | 

a virgem, virgin. 

a virtude, virtue. 

visitar, to visit. 

a vista, view, sight, § 134a. 

visto, pp. of ver, p. 86, § 145. 

o vituperio, disgrace, shame. 

a viuva, widow. 

viver, to live, exist. 

vivo, alive. 

a vizinhanca, neighborhood. 

0 vizinho, neighbor. 

0 vocabulo, word. 

a vocacéo, vocation. 

vocé, you, § 66, 147. 

a vogal, vowel. 

volcao, see vulcao. 

voltar, to return, turn to. 

o volume, volume. 

a vontade, will, wish, desire. 

vos, ye, you, § 65, 66d, 67. 

vosso, your, § 76. 

votar, to vote, devote, vow. 

vou, see ir, p. 87. 

VOWELS, § 2. 

a VOZ, voice. 

o vulcao, volcano. 

vulgar, popular, well known. 


Z 


0 zelo, zeal, pl., § 23. 
a zona, zone, region. 


ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY 


A 


aboard, a bordo; go aboard, 
embarcar. 

about: talk about, de; discourse 
about, sobre; look about, em 
roda; think about, em; walk 
about the streets, passear 
pelas ruas. 

accident, o disastre. 

account, a conta. 

acquainted with, conhecer. 

advice, o conselho. 

afterwards, depois. 

again, mais, outra vez. 

ago, a year ago, ha um anno, 
§ 64, 

agreeable, agradavel. 

all, todo —a, § 144. 

always, sempre. 

American, americano. 

and, e. 

animal, o animal. 

another, outro. 

around, em roda. 

arrange, arranjar, concluir, com- 
binar. 

arrest, prender. 

arrive, chegar. 

ask, pedir, rogar, perguntar, 
convidar (see Portuguese defi- 
nitions). 

at, a, § 141. 


awake, accordar. 
away, embora, fora; far away, 
longe. 


B 


back (come), voltar. 

bad, mau, § 41g. 

bar, a barra (of stream). 

baroness, a baroneza. 

bath, o banho. 

be, estar, § 109, p. 79, § 125b; 
ser, § 109, p. 79, § 156d. 

beautiful, bonito, bello. 

before, antes (in time); adiante 
(in space). 

begin, principiar. 

believe, acreditar. 

best, o melhor, § 45. 

better, melhor, § 45. 

big, grande. 

black, preto. 

blind, cego. 

blow, soprar, 
vento. 

book, o livro. 

boot, a bota, a botina. 

both, ambos, os dois, um e outro, 

~ §$ 90a. 

box, a caixa, 0 caixfo, p. 130 
note. 

boy, 0 menino. 

Brazilian, brazileiro or brasileiro. 

bread, o pao. 


ventar, fazer 


210 


OE 


ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY 211 


breakfast, o almogo. deck (on deck), a ponte. 
bring, trazer. deep, profundo. 
brother, o irm4o. dependent, dependente. 
business, 0 negocio. deputy, o deputado. 
busy, occupado. die, morrer. 
but, mas, porem, apenas. different, differente. 
buy, comprar. difficult, difficil. 
difficulty, a difficuldade. 
Cc dining-room, a sala de jan- 
tar. 


can, poder, p. 84. 
candle, a vela. 

capital, o, a capital, § 31. 
case, 0 caso. 

cat, o gato. 

certainty, a certeza. 
chair, a cadeira. 
change, mudar, trocar, 
cheap, barato. 

city, a cidade. 

close, fechar, tapar. 


dinner, o jantar. 
direction, o rumo. 

do, fazer, § 112, 124c. 
docile, docil. 

dog, o cachorro, o cio. 
door, a porta. 

doubt, a duvida. 
dress, vestir. 

drop, a gota. 

drown, afogar. 


coffee, o café. duck, o pato. 
cold, frio. E 
come, vir, p. 88, § 122h. . 
consul, o cénsul. # ee he cada um, § 100f. 
contented, contente. pik , tee 
’ . 
one ae either, qualquer, § 100a; either 
ee «KOLO. « OU, & 1456. 
cover, cobrir. 
elect, eleger. 
cow, a vacca. 
else, outro. 


crooked, torto. 
curate, o cura. 
custom, o costume. 


embark, embarcar. 
employment, o emprego. 
English, inglez. 


p enough, bastante}; it is enough, 


basta. 
dark, escuro. enter, entrar. 
daughter, a filha. esteefn, estimar. 
dear, caro. everything, tudo, § 100c. 


decide decidir. extinct, extincto. 


212 


F 


fashion, a moda. 
father, o pai. 

feather, a penna. 
federal, federal. 
fellow, 0 rapaz, companheiro. 
fetch, trazer. 

fever, a febre. 

field, o campo, a roga. 
fish, 0 peixe. 

fish hook, o anzol. 
flower, a flor. 

follow, seguir. 

foot, o pé. 

fork, o garfo. 

fortune, a fortuna. 
four, quatro, § 59. 
friend, o amigo. 

fruit, a fruta, § 29. 
fry, frigir, § 115. 


G 


get (there), chegar. 

girl, a menina, a rapariga, a 
moc¢a. 

give, dar. 

glass, o copo. 

go, ir, § 109g, 113, 125d. 

good, bom, boa, § 41g, 45. 

great, grande. 


H 


half, a metade, meio. 

handsome, bonito, bello. 

hard, difficil, duro. 

hat, o chapeo. 

have, ter, § 109, p, 79; hives 
§ 109a, p. 79, 


ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY 


health, a saude. 

help, o remedio. 

hen, a gallinha. 

her, ella, § 65; seu, § 76. 
here, aqui, cd, § 135a, b. 
hill, o morro. 

his, seu, sua, etc., § 76. 
home, a casa, o domicilio. 
hope, esperar. 

horse, 0 cavallo. 

hot, (to be), frazer calor, § 121. 
hour, a hora. 

house, a casa. 

how, como. 

how much, quanto, § 100f, g 
hunger, a fome. 

hungry, com fome, § 122d. 


I 


I, eu, § 65, 66c. 

if, si. 

immediately, logo, ja. 

important, importante. 

impress, impressionar. 

im, em, no, na, § 15c, 122g, 134a, 
137. 

invite, convidar. 

it, elle, ella, § 65. 


J 
John, Joao. 
just now, § 135g. 
K 
kill, matar. 


knife, a faca; penknife, o cani- 
vete. 

knock, batter. 

know, saber, p. 85; conhecer (be 
acquainted with). 


ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY 


L 


lady, a senhora. 

land, o paiz, a terra. 

lard, a banha. 

large, grande. 

law, a lei. 

lazy, preguicoso. 

leave, deixar, sahir, partir, afas- 
tar-se. 

lens, a lente. 

lesson, a licdo. 

letter, a carta, a letra. 

light, ascender. 

like, gostar. 

likely to, capaz de. 

Lisbon, Lisboa. 

little, pequeno; pouco, § 100f. 

live (dwell), morar. 

_ loaf (of bread), o pao. 

long, comprido. 

lose, perder. 

loud, alto, forte. 

love, amar. 

low, baixo. 


M 
make, fazer. 
man, o homem. 
match, o fosforo. 
may, poder, p. 84. 
me, me, mim, § 65, 67. 
meat, a carne. 
mend, concertar. 
merchant, o negociante. 
mine, pro., meu, § 76. 
mine, a mina. 
minute, o minuto. 
moment, o momento. 
money, o dinheiro. 


213 


more, mais, § 42, 44b, f, 45. 
morning, a manha. 

most, o mais. 

mother, a mai. 

mountain, a serra, a montanha. 
much, muito. 

mud, a lama. 

my, meu, minha, etc., § 76. 


N 


napkin, o guardanapo. 

nation, a nacado. 

near, perto. 

necessary, preciso, necessario. 

neighbor, o vizinho. 

neither . . . nor, nem um nem 
outro, § 136, 145c. 

never, nunca. 

new, novo. 

next, proximo; next day, dia 
seguinte. 

night, a noite. 

no, nao, § 135g. 

nobody, ninguem. 

noise, o barulho. 

no matter, nio faz mal, ndo im- 
porta. 

no one, ninguem, § 100. 

nor, nem, § 136, 145c. 

not, nio, § 135g; nem, § 136. 

notable, notavel. 

nothing, nada. 

now, agora. 

nowadays, hoje em dia, § 134a. 


O 


obliged, obrigado. 
occasion, a occasifio. 
o’clock, horas, § 64. 


214 


of, de, § 122e, f, 124c, 134, 139, 
144. 

officer, o official. 

old, velho, antigo. 

on, sobre, em, no, na, § 1229, 
134a. 

one, um, uma, § 55. 

opinion, a opiniao. 

oppress, opprimir. 

or, Ou. 

order, a ordem. 

order (v.), mandar, 
fazer, dirigir. 

other, outro. 

our, nosso, § 76. 

outside, fora. 

own, proprio. 

owner, 0 dono, o proprietario, 0 
senhorio. 

ox, o boi. 


mandar 


P 


paper, o papel. 

parents, os pais, § 23. 

pass, passar. 

pay, pagar. 

pen, a penna. 

pencil, o lapis. 

people, o povo. 

perhaps, talvez. 

‘person, a pessoa. 

physician, o medico. 

piece, o pedaco. 

pity, a pena; a lastima. 

place, o lugar. 

plate, o prato. 

please, agradar, tenha a bon- 
dade (have the kindness to). 

pleased, contente. 


ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY 


poor, pobre, § 51. 

poor fellow, poor thing, poor 
man, coitado —a. 

population, a populacao. 

port, o porto. 

Portuguese, portuguez. 

possible, possivel. 

potato, a batata. 

prepare, preparar, aprontar. 

present, o presente; at present, 
por ora. 

pretty, bonito. 

prince, o principe. 

print, imprimir, § 117. 

promptly, prontamente. 

prudent, prudente. 


Q 


question, perguntar. 
quite, bem, § 145; algum tanto, 
inteiramente. 


R 


railway, a estrada de ferro. 
rain, a chuva, chover (to). 
rapidly, depressa. 

rat, o rato. 

read, ler. 

request, pedir. 

respect, o respeito. 

retire, retirar-se. 

return, voltar. 

rice, 0 arroz. 

rich, rico. 
ridiculous, ridiculo. 

river, 0 rio. 

road, a estrada, o caminho. 
rose, a rosa. 

run away, fugir. 


ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY 


s 


satisfactorily, satisfactoriamente. 

say, dizer, § 112. 

seasick, enjoado. 

see, ver, § 112, p. 86. 

sell, vender. 

sharp, agudo; 
sharp,’ ds 
ponto. 

shop, a loja. 

short, curto. 

' sick, doente. 

since, desde, depois. 

single, um sé. 

sir, o senhor, § 66. 

sister, a irma or irman. 

slowly, devagar. 

small, pequeno. 

some, uns, 
100a. 

somewhat, um tanto, § 135s. 

son, o filho. 

soon, cedo. 

speak, falar. 

spend, gastar. 

spoon, a colher. 

state, o estado. 

steamer, 0 vapor. 

still, conj., ainda, todavia, com 
tudo. 

storm, o temporal. 

straw, a palha. 

street, a rua. 

strong, forte. 

such, tal, § 89, 93. 

suit, convir, § 121. 

sun, o sol. 

surround, cercar, rodear. 


‘ten o'clock 
dez horas em 


alguns, § 17, 


215 


T 


table, a mesa. 

take, tomar, levar. 

take away, tirar. 

talk, falar, § 107. 

tall, alto. 

tea, o cha. 

terrible, terrivel. 

than, que, de, § 145a. 

that, aquelle —a, § 84, 87. 

the, a, 0, as, os, § 14, 15, 16. 

then, entéio, naquelle tempo. 

there, ahi, ali, 14, acolé, 
§ 135c, d, r. 

thing, a cousa. 

this, este, esse, § 84, 86. 

tiger, o tigre, a onga. 

tile, a telha. 

time, o tempo; what time is it? 
see § 64; a vez, § 62. 

to, a, § 123a, b, 124, 141. 

to-day, hoje. 

to-morrow, amanha. 

track, a linha, o trilho. 

travel, viajar. 

trip, a viagem. 

twice, duas vezes. 

two, dois, duos, § 55. 


U 


ugly, feio. 
under, em baixo. 


V 


valley, o valle. 
venerable, veneravel. 
very, mui, muito, § 44d, 135e. 


216 


village, a aldeia, a povoacio, o 
arraial, a villa. 

visit, visitar. 

volcano, o vulcio. 


WwW 


waken, accordar. 

walk, passeiar, andar. 

walk, o passeio. 

want, querer, desejar. 

water, a agua. 

we, nos, § 65, 67, 72. 

week, a semana. 

well, bem, § 134h. 

what, que, o que, § 95-97, 102a, b; 
qual, § 95, 96, 98. 

when, quando. 

whence, donde. 

where, onde. 

whether, si. 

which, qual, § 95-98. 

while, em quanto; in a little 
while, d’aqui a pouco. 

white, branco. 

who, quem, § 96. 

whoever; quem quer, § 102. 


ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY 


wife, a mulher, a esposa. 
window, a janella. 
wine, o vinho. 

with, com. 

wolf, o lobo. 

woman, a mulher. 
woods, o mato. 

work, trabalhar. 
world, o mundo. 
worse, peior, § 44g, 45. 
worth, valer, p. 86. 
worthy, digno. 

write, escrever, § 116. 


Y 


year, o anno. 

yellow, amarello. 

yes, sim, § 135/, g, h. 

yesterday, hontem. 

you, vos, § 65, 67, 72. 

young, novo. 

young man, 0 moco. 

young woman, a moga, a don- 
zella. 

your, vosso, seu, § 76. 











THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE | . 
STAMPED BELOW 





AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH 














INTER-LIBRARY 
LOGAN 
ida! do 1968 


NOV 11 1942 | HEC 2 2 1985 
_YAN 1 0 2005 









































RP 





159¢t'658F 
REC’D LD 




















LD 21-100m-7,'40 (6936s) 








YB 27917 





7 eae, 
2A Sc 


eink 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 


a 9 tie ' 








oa on bs 
rn a 









































it Pam rod 




















eae a 
a ee a 
ery heiacbe det 
































ae Ser ti 


A) hi naoan 





























































































































Oe im 


ered 
aime a Rage A 



































































































































es > aoe: : 
x ei . - 















































































































































eae ted ee eee | 
NOPE i OEE Age 
- ae bs a 
Are 











